## Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide - Primary

A uthorized Of ficial Environmental Protection Agency Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics Manage To xic Substance s

Delivery Order # GS00Q09BGD0022 Ta sk Order # EP - G1 1H - 00154 Project # TDD 9.21 Version 0.01 September 2 0, 2013TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official i 

### T able of Contents 1 Introduction ................................ ................................ ................................ ........................ 1 2 System Requirements ................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 2 2.1 Supported Browsers ................................ ................................ ................................ ..... 2 2.2 Screen Resolution ................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 2 3 Primary Authorized Official (AO) Functions ................................ ................................ ........ 3 3.1 Log into Section 5 Notices and Supports Application ................................ .................... 4 3.2 Home Screen Navigation ................................ ................................ .............................. 5 3.3 User Management ................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 7 3.4 Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms ................................ ................................ ......... 9 3.5 Create Passphrase ................................ ................................ ................................ ..... 12 3.6 Enter Passphrase ................................ ................................ ................................ ....... 14 3.7 Navigation Tree ................................ ................................ ................................ .......... 15 3.8 Action Bar ................................ ................................ ................................ ................... 26 3.9 Attach Documents ................................ ................................ ................................ ...... 27 3.10 Search Substance Registry Services ................................ ................................ .......... 31 3.11 Facility Registry System (FRS) Search ................................ ................................ ....... 35 4 Create Premanufacture Notice (PMN) Form ................................ ................................ ..... 39 4.1 Create PMN Form ................................ ................................ ................................ ...... 39 4.1.1 General Form Information ................................ ................................ ..................... 39 4.1.2 User Fees Certification ................................ ................................ ......................... 43 4.1.3 Agent Information ................................ ................................ ................................ . 45 4.1.4 Technical Contact Information ................................ ................................ .............. 50 4.1.5 Additional Submission Informati on ................................ ................................ ........ 53 4.1.6 Joint Submitter Information ................................ ................................ ................... 57 4.1.7 Joint Submission Information ................................ ................................ ................ 58 4.1.8 Notify Joint Submitter of Joint Submission Informatio n ................................ .......... 61 4.1.9 Letter of Support Submitter Information ................................ ................................ 63 4.1.10 Letter of Support Submission Information ................................ ............................. 64 4.1.11 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information ................................ . 67 4.1.12 Chemical Identification ................................ ................................ .......................... 69 4.1.13 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances ................................ ................................ ....... 70 4.1.14 Class 2 Substances ................................ ................................ .............................. 75 4.1.15 Additional Chemical Information ................................ ................................ ........... 78TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official ii 4.1.16 Polymer Identification Information ................................ ................................ ......... 83 4.1.17 Monomers and Other Reactants ................................ ................................ ........... 87 4.1.18 Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information ................................ ............... 92 4.1.19 Use Information ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 95 4.1.20 Physical and Chemical Properties W orksheet ................................ ..................... 100 4.1.21 Physical and Chemical Properties W orksheet – Continued (Optional) ................ 108 4.1.22 Physical and Chemical Properties W orksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach

Documents ................................ ................................ ................................ ......... 110 4.1.23 Submitter Controlled Site Information ................................ ................................ . 114 4.1.24 Sites Controlled By Others ................................ ................................ .................. 115 4.1.25 Submitter Operation Information ................................ ................................ ......... 117 4.1.26 Occupational Exposures ................................ ................................ ..................... 122 4.1.27 Environmental Releases ................................ ................................ ..................... 126 4.1.28 Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ................................ ................................ .. 130 4.1.29 Exposures/Releases ................................ ................................ ........................... 133 4.1.30 Byproduct Information ................................ ................................ ......................... 138 4.1.31 Optional Pollution Prevention ................................ ................................ .............. 139 4.1.32 Additional Attachments ................................ ................................ ....................... 142 4.1.33 Attachment Summary ................................ ................................ ......................... 144 4.1.34 Optional Cover Letter ................................ ................................ .......................... 145 4.1.35 Upload XML ................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 146 5 Create Biotechnology Form ................................ ................................ ............................ 148 5.1 Create Biotechnology Form ................................ ................................ ...................... 148 5.1.1 General Form Information ................................ ................................ ................... 148 5.1.2 Joint Submitter Information ................................ ................................ ................. 151 5.1.3 Joint Submission Information ................................ ................................ .............. 152 5.1.4 Notify Secondary Submitter of Joint Submission Inform ation .............................. 154 5.1.5 Letter of Support Submitter Information ................................ .............................. 156 5.1.6 Letter of Support Submission Information ................................ ........................... 157 5.1.7 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information ............................... 159 5.1.8 Technical Contact Information ................................ ................................ ............ 161 5.1.9 Optional Cover Letter ................................ ................................ .......................... 165 6 Create Notice of Commencement (NOC) Form ................................ .............................. 167 6.1 Create NOC Form ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 167 6.1.1 General Form Information ................................ ................................ ................... 167TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official iii 6.1.2 Technical Contact Information ................................ ................................ ............ 168 6.1.3 Chemical Information ................................ ................................ .......................... 171 6.1.4 Submitter Site Information ................................ ................................ .................. 175 6.1.5 CBI Substantiation Part 1 ................................ ................................ .................... 177 6.1.6 CBI Substantiation Part 2 ................................ ................................ .................... 179 6.1.7 CBI Substantiation Part 3 ................................ ................................ .................... 182 6.1.8 Optional Cover Letter ................................ ................................ .......................... 185 7 Create Support Form ................................ ................................ ................................ ...... 187 7.1 Create Support Form ................................ ................................ ................................ 187 7.1.1 General Form Information ................................ ................................ ................... 187 7.1.2 Original Submitter Information ................................ ................................ ............ 190 8 Create Bona Fide Form ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 193 8.1 Create Bona Fide Form ................................ ................................ ............................ 193 8.1.1 General Document Information ................................ ................................ ........... 193 8.1.2 Primary Contact Information ................................ ................................ ............... 196 8.1.3 Technical Contact Information ................................ ................................ ............ 199 8.1.4 Statement of Intent ................................ ................................ ............................. 200 8.1.5 Letter of Support Submitter Information ................................ .............................. 202 8.1.6 Letter of Support Submission Information ................................ ........................... 204 8.1.7 Notify Se condary Submitter of Letter of Support Information ............................... 206 8.1.8 Chemical Identification Information ................................ ................................ ..... 209 8.1.9 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances ................................ ................................ ..... 210 8.1.10 Class 2 Substances ................................ ................................ ............................ 214 8.1.11 Polymer Identification Information ................................ ................................ ....... 217 8.1.12 Monomers and Other Reactants ................................ ................................ ......... 220 8.1.13 Use Information ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 223 8.1.14 Submitter Site Identification ................................ ................................ ................ 224 8.1.15 Document Management ................................ ................................ ...................... 225 8.1.16 Optional Cover Letter ................................ ................................ .......................... 226 9 Create Alternative Control Measures (ACM) Form ................................ ......................... 228 9.1 Create Al ternative Control Measures Form ................................ ............................... 228 9.1.1 Contact Information ................................ ................................ ............................ 228 9.1 .2 Attachments ................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 231 10 Preview ................................ ................................ ................................ .......................... 234 11 Validate ................................ ................................ ................................ .......................... 2 38TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official iv 12 Submit to EPA via CDX ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 240 12.1 Submitting Official Information ................................ ................................ .................. 240 12.2 Submitting On Behalf Of ................................ ................................ ........................... 242 12.3 LVE Certification ................................ ................................ ................................ ....... 244 12.4 LOREX Certification ................................ ................................ ................................ . 245 12.5 Submission Process: Validation ................................ ................................ ................ 246 12.6 Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Certification ................. 248 12.7 Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Login ........................... 250 12.8 Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Security Question ........ 251 12.9 Submit to CDX ................................ ................................ ................................ .......... 253 12.10 Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Submission .................. 254 13 Download Copy of Record ................................ ................................ .............................. 256 14 Create an Amendment ................................ ................................ ................................ ... 259 15 Resources ................................ ................................ ................................ ...................... 261 Appendix A. Definitions, Acronyms, and Abbreviations ................................ ........................... 264TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official v 

### List of Exhibits Exhibit 3 - 1 Section 5 Notices and Supports User Roles Matrix ................................ ................... 4 Exhibit 3 - 2: Chemical Information Submission System Screen ................................ ................... 5 Exhibit 3 - 3: Section 5 Notices and Su pports Home Screen ................................ ......................... 7 Exhibit 3 - 4: User Management Screen ................................ ................................ ........................ 9 Exhibit 3 - 5: Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms Screen ................................ ...................... 12 Exhibit 3 - 6: Create Passphrase Screen ................................ ................................ ..................... 14 Exhibit 3 - 7: Enter Passphrase Screen ................................ ................................ ....................... 15 Exhibit 3 - 8: Navigation Prompt ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 16 Exhibit 3 - 9: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 1) ................................ .................. 18 Exhibit 3 - 10: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 2) ................................ ................ 19 Exhibit 3 - 11: Premanufacture No tice Navigation Tree (Scroll 3) ................................ ................ 20 Exhibit 3 - 12: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 4) ................................ ................ 21 Exhibit 3 - 13: Biotechnology Navigation Tree ................................ ................................ ............. 22 Exhibit 3 - 14: Notice of Commencement (NOC) Navigation Tree ................................ ............... 23 Exhibit 3 - 15: Support Navigation Tree ................................ ................................ ....................... 23 Exhibit 3 - 16: Bona Fide Navigation Tree (Class 2 Substance) ................................ .................. 24 Exhibit 3 - 17: Bona Fide Navigation Tree (Polymer) ................................ ................................ ... 25 Exhibit 3 - 18: Alternative Control Measures (ACM) Navigation Tree ................................ .......... 25 Exhibit 3 - 19: Action Bar – Va lidate ................................ ................................ ............................ 26 Exhibit 3 - 20: Action Bar – Save ................................ ................................ ................................ . 26 Exhibit 3 - 21: Action Bar – Preview ................................ ................................ ............................ 27 Exhibit 3 - 22: Action Bar – Submit ................................ ................................ .............................. 27 Exhibit 3 - 23: Help – Links ................................ ................................ ................................ ......... 27 Exhibit 3 - 24: Attach Documents W indow ................................ ................................ ................... 30 Exhibit 3 - 25: Search Substance Registry Services W indow ................................ ...................... 32 Exhibit 3 - 26: Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services W indow ............................. 34 Exhibit 3 - 27: Facility Registry System Search Wi ndow ................................ .............................. 36 Exhibit 3 - 28: Add Manual Entry Search W in dow ................................ ................................ ....... 38 Exhibit 4 - 1: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ........................... 42 Exh ibit 4 - 2: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ........................... 43 Exhibit 4 - 3: User Fees Certification Screen ................................ ................................ ............... 45 Exhibit 4 - 4: Agent Information Screen ................................ ................................ ....................... 47 Exhibit 4 - 5: Add Agent W indow ................................ ................................ ................................ . 49 Exhibit 4 - 6: Technical Contact Information Screen ................................ ................................ .... 51 Exhibit 4 - 7: Add Technical Contact W indow ................................ ................................ .............. 53 Exhibit 4 - 8: Additional Submission Information Screen ................................ ............................. 56 Exhibit 4 - 9: Joint Submitter Information Screen ................................ ................................ ......... 58TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official vi Exhibit 4 - 10: Joint Submission Information Screen ................................ ................................ ... 60 Exhibit 4 - 11: Unique Identifier Notification Wi ndow ................................ ................................ ... 62 Exhibit 4 - 12: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen ................................ .................... 64 Exhibit 4 - 13: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen ................................ ................. 66 Exhibit 4 - 14: Unique Identifier Notification Wi ndow ................................ ................................ ... 68 Exhibit 4 - 15: Chemical Identification Scree n ................................ ................................ ............. 70 Exhibit 4 - 16: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ............ 74 Exhibit 4 - 17: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ............ 75 Exhibit 4 - 18: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................................ .. 77 Exhibit 4 - 19: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................................ .. 78 Exhibit 4 - 20: Additional Chemical Information Scr een (Scroll 1) ................................ ................ 82 Exhibit 4 - 21: Additional Chemical Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................ 83 Exhibit 4 - 22: Polymer Identification Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ............. 86 Exhibit 4 - 23: Polymer Ident if ication Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ............. 87 Exhibit 4 - 24: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ............... 89 Exhibit 4 - 25: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ............... 90 Exhibit 4 - 26: Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Informati on Screen ................................ .. 95 Exhibit 4 - 27: Use Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................................ ......... 99 Exhibit 4 - 28: Use Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................................ ....... 100 Exhibit 4 - 29: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet Screen (Scroll 1) ......................... 107 Exhibit 4 - 30: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet Screen (Scroll 2) ......................... 108 Exhibit 4 - 31: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Screen .... 110 Exhibit 4 - 32: Physical and Chem ical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach Documents W indow (Scroll 1) ................................ ................................ ................................ . 112 Exhibit 4 - 33: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optio nal) Attach Documents W indow (Scroll 2) ................................ ................................ ................................ . 113 Exhibit 4 - 34: Submitter Controlled Site Information Screen ................................ ..................... 115 Exhibit 4 - 35: Sites Controlled By Others Screen ................................ ................................ ..... 117 Exhibit 4 - 36: Submitter Operation Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ............. 121 Exhibit 4 - 37: Submitter Operation Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ............. 122 Exhibit 4 - 38: Occupational Exposures Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ......................... 125 Exhibit 4 - 39: Occupational Exposures Sc reen (Scroll 2) ................................ ......................... 126 Exhibit 4 - 40: Environmental Releases Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ......................... 129 Exhibit 4 - 41: Environmental Releases Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ......................... 130 Exhibit 4 - 42: Industrial Sites Controlled By Others Screen ................................ ...................... 133 Exhibit 4 - 43: Exposures/Releases Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ............................... 136 Exhibit 4 - 44: Exposures/Releases Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ............................... 138 Exhibit 4 - 45: Byproduct Information Screen ................................ ................................ ............ 139 Exhibit 4 - 46: Optional Pollution Prevention Screen ................................ ................................ . 142TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official vii Exhibit 4 - 47: Additional Attachments Screen ................................ ................................ ........... 143 Exhibit 4 - 48: Attachment Summary Screen ................................ ................................ ............. 145 Exhibit 4 - 49: Optio nal Cover Letter Screen ................................ ................................ ............. 146 Exhibit 4 - 50: Upload XML Screen ................................ ................................ ........................... 147 Exhib it 5 - 1: General Form Information Screen (Biotechnology) ................................ ............... 150 Exhibit 5 - 2: Joint Submitter Information Screen ................................ ................................ ....... 152 Exhibit 5 - 3: Joint Submission Information Screen ................................ ................................ ... 153 Exhibit 5 - 4: Unique Identifier Notification W indow ................................ ................................ ... 155 Exhibit 5 - 5: Letter of Support Submitter In formation Screen ................................ .................... 157 Exhibit 5 - 6: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen ................................ ................. 158 Exhibit 5 - 7: Unique Identifier Notification W indow ................................ ................................ ... 160 Exhibit 5 - 8: Technical Contact Information Screen ................................ ................................ .. 162 Exhibit 5 - 9: Add Technical Contact W indow ................................ ................................ ............ 164 Exhibit 5 - 1 0 : Optional Cover Letter Screen ................................ ................................ ............. 165 Exhibit 6 - 1: General Form Information Screen ................................ ................................ ........ 168 Exhibit 6 - 2: Technical Contact Information Screen ................................ ................................ .. 1 69 Exhibit 6 - 3: Add Technical Contact W indow ................................ ................................ ............ 170 Exhibit 6 - 4 Chemi cal Information Screen ................................ ................................ ................ 173 Exhibit 6 - 5 Chemical Information Screen – Chemical Claimed CBI (Scroll 1) .......................... 174 Exhibit 6 - 6 Chemical Information Screen – Chemical Claimed CBI (Scroll 2) .......................... 175 Exhibit 6 - 7: Submitter Site Information ................................ ................................ .................... 176 Exhibit 6 - 8: CBI Substantiation Part 1 Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ .......................... 178 Exhibit 6 - 9: CBI Substantiation Part 1 Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ .......................... 179 Exhibit 6 - 10: CBI Substantiation Part 2 Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ........................ 181 Exhibit 6 - 11: CBI Substantiation Part 2 Screen ( Scroll 2) ................................ ........................ 182 Exhibit 6 - 12: CBI Substantiation Part 3 Screen ( Scroll 1) ................................ ........................ 184 Exhibit 6 - 13: CBI Substantiation Part 3 Screen ( Scroll 2) ................................ ........................ 185 Exhibit 6 - 14: Optional Cover Letter Screen ................................ ................................ ............. 186 Exhibit 7 - 1: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ......................... 189 Exhibit 7 - 2: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ......................... 190 Exhibit 7 - 3: Original Submitter Information Screen ................................ ................................ .. 192 Exhibit 8 - 1: General Document Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................. 195 Exhibit 8 - 2: General Document Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................. 196 Exhibit 8 - 3: Primary Contact Inform ation Screen ................................ ................................ ..... 198 Exhibit 8 - 4: Technical Contact Information Screen ................................ ................................ .. 200 Exhibit 8 - 5: Statement of Intent Screen ................................ ................................ ................... 202 Exhibit 8 - 6: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen ................................ .................... 204 Exhibit 8 - 7: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen ................................ ................. 206 Exhibit 8 - 8: Unique Identifier Notification W indow ................................ ................................ ... 208TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official vii i Exhibit 8 - 9: Chemical Identification Information Screen ................................ ........................... 210 Exhibit 8 - 10: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ .......... 213 Exhibit 8 - 11: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ .......... 214 Exhibit 8 - 12: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................................ 216 Exhibit 8 - 13: Class 2 Sub stances Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................................ 217 Exhibit 8 - 14: Polymer Identification Information Screen ................................ .......................... 220 Exhibit 8 - 15: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen ................................ ............................. 222 Exhibit 8 - 16: Use Information Screen ................................ ................................ ...................... 223 Exhibit 8 - 17: Submitter Site Identification Screen ................................ ................................ .... 225 Exhibit 8 - 18: Doc ument Management Screen ................................ ................................ ......... 226 Exhibit 8 - 19: Optional Cover Letter Screen ................................ ................................ ............. 227 Exhibit 9 - 1: Contact Information Screen ................................ ................................ .................. 229 Exhibit 9 - 2: Add Contact W indow ................................ ................................ ............................ 231 Exhibit 9 - 3: Attachments Screen ................................ ................................ ............................. 233 Exhibit 10 - 1 : Preview ACM Form Screen ................................ ................................ ................ 234 Exhibit 10 - 2 : Preview Biotechnology Form PDF ................................ ................................ ...... 235 Exhibit 10 - 3 : Preview NOC Form PDF ................................ ................................ .................... 236 Exhibit 10 - 4 : Preview Support Form PD F ................................ ................................ ................ 237 Exhibit 11 - 1: Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation Pop - Up Wi ndow ............................... 239 Exhibit 12 - 1: Submitting Official Information Screen ................................ ................................ 241 Exhibit 12 - 2: Submitting On Behalf Of Screen ................................ ................................ ......... 243 Exhibit 12 - 3: LVE Certification Screen ................................ ................................ .................... 245 Exhibit 12 - 4: LOREX Certification Screen ................................ ................................ ............... 246 Exhibit 12 - 5: Submission Proces s: Validation Screen ................................ ............................. 247 Exhibit 12 - 6: Submission Process: PDF Generation Screen ................................ ................... 248 Exhibit 12 - 7: Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Certification Screen 249 Exhibit 12 - 8: Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regula tion (CROMERR) Login Screen ......... 251 Exhibit 12 - 9: Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Security Question Screen ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 252 Exhibit 12 - 10: Submit to CDX Screen ................................ ................................ ..................... 254 Exhibit 12 - 11: Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Submission Screen 255 Exhibit 13 - 1: Download Copy of Record Screen ................................ ................................ ...... 257 Exhibit 13 - 2: Download Prompt Screen ................................ ................................ ................... 258 Exhibit 14 - 1: Section 5 Notices and Supports Form – Amendment ................................ ......... 259 Exhibit 14 - 2: Unlock Prompt Message ................................ ................................ .................... 260 Exhibit 15 - 1: Resources Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................................ ............... 262 Exhibit 15 - 2: Resources Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................................ ............... 263TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official ix 

### Revision Log **Date Version** 

**No. Description**  **Author Reviewer**  **Review Date**  09/20 /13 0.01 Initial Draft of User Guide C. Yeh J. DeRosa S. Mulvey

J. Ritchey 09/20 /13TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 1 

### 1 Introduction This document presents the user guide for the Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics (OPPT) Section 5 Notices and Supports application submission process . This document is the user guide for the Primary

Authorized Official (AO) user of the Section 5 Notices and Supports application . The Section 5 Notices and Supports application is the e lectronic, web -based tool provided by the Environmental P rotection Agency (EPA) for the submission of Section 5 Notices and Supports data. As a Primary

AO, you can creat e, modify , and/or submit a Section 5 Notices and Supports form . You can also delete Section 5 Notices and Supports forms, create amendments and download the Copy

of Record (CoR) . For questions concerning the T oxic S ubstances C ontrol A ct (TSCA) Section 5 Notices and Supports software requirements, please contact the Central Data Exchange ( CDX) Help Desk at helpdesk@epacdx.net or call 1 - 888 - 890 - 1995 between the hours of 8am

– 6pm eastern standard time (EST ) . For questions concerning the TSCA Section 5 Notices and Supports reporting requirements, ple ase contact the TSCA Hotline at TSCA - Hotline@epamail.epa.gov or call 202 - 554 - 1404 between the hours of 8:30am

– 5:00pm EST.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 2 

### 2 System Requirements To use the Section 5 Notices and Supports application to submit a Section 5 Notice s and Support s f

orm the following are required :  An e - mail account  Java Script enabled web browser  Internet access  Adobe Acrobat Reader 5.0 or higher  CDX username and password 2.1 Supported Browsers  Internet Explorer 7 or above

 Go to the following link to download: http://windows.microsoft.com/en -US/internet - explorer/downloads/ie  Mozilla Firefox 3.5 or above

 Go to the following link to download: http://www.mozilla.com/en -US/firefox/all - older.html  Safari 4 or above

 Go to the following link to download: http://support.apple.com/kb/d l877  Google Chrome

 Go to the following link to download: http://www.google.com/chrome 2.2 Screen Resolution  Screen resolution should be set to 1024 x 768 or greater .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 3 

### 3 Primary Authorized Official (AO) Functions This section describes how to:  Access the a

pplication  Navigate the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘ Home ’ s creen  Assign Support s to complete a form  Start and c omplete the Section 5 Notices and Supports forms

– Premanufacture Notice (P MN) , Biotechnology , Notice of Commencement (NOC), Support , Bona Fide, and Alternative Control Measures (ACM) 721.30  Upload an Extensible Markup Language ( XML) file  Download a Cop y of Record  Create an amendment The Primary

AO is responsible for the submission of original main forms, i ncluding PMN, Biotechnology, NOC , Support, Bona Fide, or ACM forms . As a Primary AO , you can create a new form . You are also responsible for submitting amendments, unlocking submissions, and deleting forms. You can assign Supports ( or other authorized individual s ) to edit and complete a form on your behalf. You can save the form at any point during the data entry process. The save functionality will allow you to return to that same form at any point in the future. You can print the form at any point; however, the ‘ Not For Submission ’ watermark will be placed on the form anytime the form is printed prior to actual submission .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 4 Exhibit 3 - 1 displays a table of the capabilities of user roles within the Section 5 Notices and Supports application.

**Exhibit 3**  **- 1**  **Section 5 Notices and Supports User Roles Matrix**

3.1 Log into Section 5 Notices and Supports A pplication After you create an account in CDX and click the ‘ Primary Authorized Officia l’ link for the Chemical Safety and Pesticide Programs (CSPP) data flow , you will be taken to the main ‘ Chemical Information Submission System ’ screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 5 Exhibit 3 - 2 shows a screen capture of the ‘Chemical Information Submission System’ screen:

**Exhibit 3**  **- 2**  **: Chemical Information Submission System**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** To access the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen, s elect ‘ TSCA Section 5 Notices and Supports

– ePMN ’ from the submission ty pe drop - down menu and click the ‘ OK ’ button. 3.2 Home Screen Navigation You can access the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘ Home ’ screen b y s electing ‘ TSCA Section 5 Notices and Supports

– ePMN ’ from the submission ty pe drop - down menu on the ‘Chemical In formation Submission System’ screen and clicking the ‘ OK ’ button.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 6 The Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘ Home ’ screen is the first screen within the Section 5 Notices and Supports application. It provides you with links and tabs to access the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Form s , ’ ‘ User Management , ’ and ‘ Resources ’ screens. To navigate to any of these screens, click the corresponding screen link (highlighted in blue text), or click the screen tab (located within the application header ). The links and tabs provide the same functionalit y. There is a ten (10) minute logout time r for this application; the application wil l automatically log yo u out after ten minutes of inactivity and navigate you back to the CDX login screen .  **Forms:** Click the ‘ Forms ’ link or tab to navigate to the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. You can create or modify a Section 5 Notices and Supports form using the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms ’ screen. For additional details about the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms ’ screen, please refer to **Section 3.4**  .  **User Management:** Click the ‘ User Management ’ link or tab to navigate to the ‘ User Management ’ screen. You can manage the access rights of Supports per form alias using the ‘ User Management ’ screen. For additional details about the ‘ User Management ’ screen, please refer to **Section 3.3**  .  **Resources:** Click the ‘ Resources ’ link or tab to navigate to the ‘ Resources ’ screen. You can find the Section 5 Notices and Supports user guide , as well as useful links for guidance documents on the ‘ Resources ’ screen. For additional details about the ‘ Resources ’ screen, please refer to **Section 15**  .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 7 Exhibit 3 - 3 shows a screen capture of the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen:

**Exhibit 3**  **- 3**  **: Section 5 Notices and Supports**  **Home Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ User Management ’ link or tab to access the ‘ User Management ’ screen to assign Supports . 3.3 User Management You can access the ‘ User Management ’ screen by clicking the ‘ User Management ’ link on the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen or by clicking the ‘User Management’ tab from the application header . On the ‘User Mana gement’ screen, yo u can assign one or more Supports to fill out a Section 5 Notices and Supports form . You have the ability to assign one or more Supports to have accessTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 8 to modify any of the Section 5 Notices and Support forms you have created . You can also assign different Supports to fill out the Section 5 Notices and Supports form for each form alias . **Form Alias**  **:** A form alias will not be available in this menu until it has been created. Select a form alias from the drop - down menu to begin assigning S upports . Once a form alias has been selected, the ‘ Assign Users ’ group box will update to display only the Supports who have identified you as their AO during CDX registration . **Form Information:** This field set displays information pertaining to the form you selected from the ‘ Form Alias’ drop - down menu. **Assign Users**  **:** This box shows all the Supports yo u can assign to complete a Section 5 Notices and Supports f

orm for the form alias selected . To move Supports from the ‘ Unassigned ’ group box to the ‘ Assigned ’ group box , highlight an individual or multiple Support ( s ) and click the ‘ add >> ’ button. When you have finished assigning the Supports, click the ‘Save’ button to save the selection.  **Form Alias:**  Displays the form alias that a form is given.  **TS Number:**  Displays the toxic substances (TS) number that is entered for that specific form .  **Form Type:** Displays the ty pe of form , which may

include ‘Primary

PMN,’ ‘Biotechnology,’ ‘NOC , ’ ‘Support , ’ ‘Bona Fide,’ or ‘ ACM .’  **Form Subtype:** Displays the subty pe of the form . NOC, Bona Fide, and ACM forms do not have a subtype.  **Last Modified:** Displays the date the form was last modified.  **Unassigned:** This box/field contains the registered Supports associated with the AO who could potentially be assigned to access and edit the selected form . To move Supports from the ‘Unassigned’ group box to the ‘Assigned’ group box , highlight an individual or multiple Support ( s ) and click the ‘add >> ’ button. To highlight multiple Supports hold down the <Ctrl> key on your key

board while clicking each S upport . To highlight multiple consecutive Supports , hold down the <Shift> key on your keyboard while clicking the first and last S upport in the list .  **Assigned:** This box/field contains the registered Supports given permission, by the AO , to access and edit the selected form . This group box shows all the Supports that are assigned to complete the Section 5 Notices and Supports form for a single form alias . To move Supports from the ‘ Assigned ’ group box to the ‘ Unassigned ’ group box highlight individual or multiple Supports and click the ‘ << remove ’ button. To highlight multiple Supports hold down the <Ctrl> key

on your key

board and click each S upport . To highlight multiple consecutive Supports hold down the <Shift> key on your key

board and click the first and last S upport in the list .  **Add >>:**  Click the button to move Supports from the ‘Unassigned’ box to the ‘Assigned’ box.  **<< Remove:** Click the button to move Supports from the ‘Assigned’ box to the ‘Unassigned’ box. When you have finished assigning the Supports , click the ‘ Save ’ button that displays after selecting a form to save the selection.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 9 Exhibit 3 - 4 shows a screen capture of the ‘User Management’ screen: **Exhibit 3**  **- 4**  **: User Management**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Forms ’ tab located within the application header to navigate to the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms ’ screen. 3.4 Section 5 Notices and Supports Form s You can access the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen b y clicking the ‘ Forms ’ link from the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen, or by clicking the ‘Forms’ tab located within the application header. Only one Section 5 Notices and Supports form is created per form alias . Each column within the table of the ‘Section 5 Notices an d Supports Forms’ screen can be sorted by clicking the individual column headers. **Start New**  **Form :**  To create a new Section 5 Notices and Supports form, please select one of the following options from the ‘Form Ty pe’ drop - down menu and click the ‘Start New Form’ button: ‘ Premanufacture Notice (PMN), ’ ‘ Support, ’ ‘ Notice of Commencement (NOC), ’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 10 ‘ Biotechnology, ’ ‘ Bona Fide, ’ or ‘ Alternative Control Measures (ACM) . ’ You are required to create a passphrase that will be associated with that particular form . Make s ure to create a passphrase that you will remember, as it cannot be retrieved or reset. Refer to **Section 3.5**  for further instructions on creating a new passphrase . **Edit a Form**  **:** To modify an existing Section 5 Notices and Supports form , click the ‘Alias’ link for a form that has a status of ‘ In Progress. ’ You are required to enter the passphrase associated with that particular form in order to access and continue editing the form. Refer to **Section 14**  for further instructions on viewing and modify ing a form that is ‘In Progress.’ **Am end a**  **s ubmitted**  **f**

**orm :**  To edit an already submitted Section 5 Notices and Supports form (i.e., to create an amendment), you must first unlock the particular submission by clicking the ‘Lock’ icon ( ) under the ‘Action’ column. You will be required to enter the passphrase associated with that particular submission in order to gain access and continue amending the submission . All further changes that are sub mitted will be submitted as an amendment . Refer to **Section 14**  for further instructions on creating an amendment . The ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ scre en displays the following columns of information:  **Alias :**  Displays the form alias you provided within the ‘General Form Information , ’ ‘General Document Information,’ or ‘Contact Information’ screen. The ‘Alias’ column will display a default alias comprised of a form type , date stamp , and time stamp in the following format: <Form T yp e - YYYYMMDD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone > if you accept the sy stem - generated ‘ Form Alias’ on the first screen in a Section 5 Notices and Supports form . A form alias is helpful when a user or company has multiple forms and/or when you must differentiate between forms .  **Type:** Displays the form ty pe pertaining to the reported chemical substance or mixture. This column can contain the following values: ‘ Primary PMN, ’ ‘ Biotechnology ,’ ‘Support , ’ ‘NOC,’ ‘Bona Fide,’ or ‘ ACM . ’  **Subtype:** Displays the form subty pe pertaining to the form ty pe for the reported chemical substance or mixture. This column contain s one of the following values for a PMN form: ‘ Mock Submission, ’ ‘ LO REX Modification, ’ ‘ LVE Modification , ’ ‘ Low Release/Low Exposure Exemption ( L O REX) , ’ ‘ Low Volume Exemption ( LVE ) , ’ ‘ Test Marketing Exemption Application ( TMEA) , ’ ‘ Significant New Use Notice ( SNUN) , ’ or ‘ PMN. ’ This column contain s the following values for a Biotechnology form: ‘ Microbial Commercial Activity Notice ( MCAN) , ’ ‘ TSCA Experimental Release Application ( TERA) , ’ ‘ Tier 1 , ’ ‘ Tier 2 , ’ or ‘ Biotechnology Test Market Exemption ( Biotechnology _TME ) . ’ This column will contain the fo llowing values for a Support form: ‘ Amendment , ’ ‘ Test Data , ’ ‘ Transfer , ’ ‘ Withdrawal , ’ ‘ Suspension Request , ’ or ‘ Other Correspondence . ’ NOC, Bona Fide , and ACM forms do not have subty pes.  **Case Number:** Displays the form case number pertaining to the reported chemical substance or mixture after EPA receives the submission . NOC and Support forms will display user entered case numbers. A consolidated submission will generate sequential case numbers for each chemical identifi ed within the form . A consolidated submission will display all case numbers associated with that specific form. Case numbers will not be sequential for jointTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 11 consolidated submissions. If the form has not been submitted and received, the field remains blank .  **Status:** Displays the status of the Section 5 Notices and Supports form. The values will display as either ‘In Progress’ or ‘Submitted.’  **Modify Date:** Displays the date the form was last modified.  **Submission Date:** Displays the date when you submit the fo rm to EPA via CDX. This date populates only

after the form has been submitted .  **Copy of Record:** Click the ‘Copy of Record’ icon ( ) to navigate to the ‘ Enter Passphrase ’ screen , then the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Lo gin’ screen to continue to the ‘Copy

of Record’ screen . The ‘Copy of Record’ icon ( ) displays onl y after the form has been completed . Refer to **Section 13**  for further instructions on downloading the cop y of record . If you have just submitted to CDX, the ‘Copy of Record’ icon ( ) may

take 15 - 20 minutes to display. In addition , you must refresh the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen for the ‘Copy of Record’ icon ( ) to display .  **Action:** Displays a ‘Delete’ icon ( ) for all forms with a status of ‘In Progress.’ Displays a ‘Lock’ icon ( ) for all forms that have been submitted. Only an AO can unlock a form by clicking the ‘Lock’ icon ( ) and unlocking the form . The form will remain unlocked and display the ‘Unlocked’ icon ( ) until the form is resubmitted by the AO.  **Export Options:** Displays ‘CSV,’ ‘Excel,’ ‘XML,’ and ‘PDF’ links for you to export the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen in one of the specified formats as an Excel spreads heet, Comma - Separated Values (CSV) file , XML file , or Portable Document Format (PDF) . Th e export options section will not display until a form is created.  **Form Type:** Displays the possible form ty pes that can be created. This drop - down menu contains the following values: ‘ Premanufacture Notice (PMN), ’ ‘ Support, ’ ‘ Notice of Commencement (NOC), ’ ‘ Biotechnology ,’ ‘ Bona Fide , ’ and ‘ Alternative Control Measures (ACM ) . ’ This drop - down menu is only available to Primary

Authorized Officials and Primary Agents/Consultants .  **Start New Form:** Click this button to start a new form and navigate to the ‘ Create Passphrase’ screen. This button is only available to Primary Authorized Officials and Primary Agents/Consultants .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 12 Exhibit 3 - 5 shows a screen capture of the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen:

**Exhibit 3**  **- 5**  **: Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms**  **Screen**

**Nav igation:**  Select a form ty pe from the ‘Form Ty

pe’ drop - down menu and c lick the ‘ Start New Form’ button to navigate to the ‘ Create Passphrase ’ screen. 3.5 Create Passphrase To start a new Section 5 Notices and Supports form, click the ‘Start New Form’ button t he ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. You will be taken to the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen , which allows you to create a passphrase and associate that passphrase with y our newly created form.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 13 The application uses the passphrase as an encryption key to protect the contents of the form . You are responsible for remembering the passphrase and distributing it to the appropriate individuals. If you forget the passphrase, you will not have access to the form and will not be able to view, print, submit, or make changes. If you lose or forget the passphrase, you must create a new form and passphrase. For security reasons, the s ys tem administrator does not have access to the passphrase and will not be able to ret rieve it or reset it to a new one . **New Passphrase:** To associate a passphrase with a form , enter a passphrase that is at least 8 characters in length. To protect y our account, your passphrase should contain a combination of letters and numbers. The passp hrase you create may include spaces, but should not contain special characters (for example, +,?, and *). You can associate the same passphrase with multiple forms . **You will be responsible for remembering the passphrase and distributing it to only authori** **zed Supports**  **for an individual form**  **. If you forget the passphrase, you will not be able to access the**  **Section 5 Notices and Supports form to print, submit, or make changes.** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 14 Exhibit 3 - 6 shows a screen capture of the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen for a Primary Authorized Official: **Exhibit 3**  **- 6**  **: Create Passphrase Screen**

**Navigation:** Create a passphrase and click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘General Form In formation’ screen in a PMN , Biotechnology, NOC, or Support form . Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘General Document Information’ screen in a Bona Fide form. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Contact Information’ screen in an ACM form. 3.6 Enter Passphrase To edit a form click the ‘Alias’ link for a Section 5 Notices and Supports form with a status of ‘ In Progress ’ on the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. The ‘ Enter Passphrase ’ screen requires yo u to enter the passphrase that is associated with the form . **Enter Passphrase:** Enter the passphrase that y ou originally created and associated with the form .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 15 Exhibit 3 - 7 shows a screen capture of the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen: **Exhibit 3**  **- 7**  **: Enter Passphrase Screen**

**Navigation:** Enter the passphrase that you originally created and associated with the form and click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘General Form Information’ screen in a PMN, Biotechnology, NOC, or Support form . Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘General Document Information’ screen in a Bona Fide form. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Contact Information’ screen in an ACM form. 3.7 Navigation Tree The navigation tree is located on the left hand side of each screen . You can perform the following functions using the navigation tree:  **Open and Close the Navigation Tree :**  To provide more visual form space, a navigation arrow ( ) that opens and closes the navigation tree is located to the right of the navigation tree . Click the arrow ( ) to close the navigation tree and increase the space of the form content. Likewise, click the arrow ( ) on the closed navigation tree to open the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 16  **Collapse and e**  **xpand folders:** Each section of the form fa lls under a collapsible folder within the navigation tree , which allow s you to save space or easily view items in the navigation tree. When a folder is expanded, you can click the minus sign ( - ), the ‘Folder’ icon ( ), or the folder title link to collapse that section of the n avigation tree. When a folder is collapsed, you can click the plus sign (+), the ‘Folder’ icon ( ), or the folder title link to expand that section of the navigation tree. When you place your cursor over a folder title link, it will highlight in red.  **Navigate between screens:** You can use the navigation tree to navigate between the various screens within the application and the different sections of the form. Each section of the form is denoted with a ‘Form’ icon ( ). You can click a ‘Form’ icon ( ) or a section title link to navigate between screens. You are required to save all information entered on a particular screen before navigating to the next screen or all entered information will be lost. A prompt will appear after you click a link in the navigation tree indicating, ‘ Are you sure you want to leave the current page? Any unsaved changes will be lost .’ If you click the ‘ OK ’ button, you will be taken to the requested screen without saving any o f the data in the previous screen. If yo u click the ‘ Cancel ’ button, the prompt will close and y ou will not be taken to the requested screen . Exhibit 3 - 8 shows a screen capture of the navigation prompt window: **Exhibit 3**  **- 8**  **: Navigation Prompt**

 **Add Joint Submission:** To add a Joint Submission, click the ‘Add Joint Submission’ link located under the ‘Joint Subm ission’ folder within the navigation tree. A maximum of two Joint Submissions can be added to a PMN form.  **Add Letter of Support:** To add a Letter of Support, click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link located under the ‘Letter of Support’ folder within the nav igation tree. An unlimit ed number of Letters of Support can be added to a PMN form.  **Delete ‘**  **Chemical ’**  **f**

**olders:** To delete specific chemical folders, a ‘Delete’ icon ( ) displays at the bottom of each chemical folder within the navigation tree of a PMN form . When a chemical folder is deleted, all information entered within the deleted chemical report is lost and cannot be retrieved. You can add a new chemical report by clicking the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link , and filling in all corresponding data. This delete functionality is not applicable to the Biotechnology, NOC, Support, Bona Fide or ACM module .  **Copy ‘Chemical’ folders:** To cop y a specific chemical folder, a ‘Copy’ link displays at the bottom of each folder within the navigation tree of a PMN form. When a chemical folder is copied, the chemical name, CASRN, and attached documents are removed from the copiedTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 17 chemical. This cop y functionality is not applicable to the Biotechnology, NOC, Support, Bona Fide, or ACM module.  **Delete ‘**  **Submitted Controlled Operation**  **s ’**  **or ‘**  **Operations Controlled By Others ’**  **:** To delete a specific ‘Submitter Controlled Operation s ’ or ‘ Operations Controlled By Others ’ folder within a PMN form , a ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed at the bottom of each ‘Submitter Controlled Operation s ’ or ‘ Operations Controlled by Others ’ folder within the navigation tree. When a ‘Submitter Controlled Operation s ’ or ‘ Operations Controlled By Others ’ folder is deleted, all information entered within the deleted operation is lost and cannot be retrieved. You can add a new ‘Submitter Controlled Operation s ’ or ‘ Operation Controlled By Others ’ folder by clicking the ‘Add Operation’ link under the appropriate folder and filling in all corresponding data . This delete functionality is not applicable to the Biote chnology, NOC, Support, Bona Fide, or ACM modules.  **Add Consolidated Chemical:** To add a chemical in a consolidated submission, click the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree. A maximum of six (6) separate chemical folders can be adde d to a PMN form.  **Upload XML:** The system will display an ‘Upload XML’ button in the navigation tree to allow a user to upload a completed XML file into a new PMN form , joint PMN form, or Bona Fide form , or to export an existing PMN form into an XML file format . For more information about the upload XML functionality, r efer to **Section 4.1.35**  for additional information .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 18 Exhibit 3 - 9 show s the screen capture of the P remanufacture Notice navigation tree ( S croll 1) :

**Exhibit 3**  **- 9**  **: Premanufact**  **ure Notice Navigation Tree**  **(Scroll 1)**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 19 Exhibit 3 - 10 shows the screen capture of the P remanufacture Notice navigation tree ( S croll 2):

**Exhibit 3**  **- 10**  **: Premanufacture Notice**  **Navigation Tree (Scroll 2)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 20 Exhibit 3 - 11 shows the screen capture of the P remanufacture Notice navigation tree ( S croll 3):

**Exhibit 3**  **- 11**  **: Premanufacture Notice**  **Navigation Tree (Scroll 3)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 21 Exhibit 3 - 12 shows the screen capture of the Premanufacture Notice navigation tree (Scroll 4):

**Exhibit 3**  **- 12**  **: Premanufacture Notice**  **Navigation Tree (Scroll**  **4)**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 22 Exhibit 3 - 13 shows the screen capture of the Biotech nology navigation tree: **Exhibit 3**  **- 13**  **: Biotech**  **nology Navigation Tree** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 23 Exhibit 3 - 14 shows the screen capture of the NOC navigation tree:

**Exhibit 3**  **- 14**  **: Notice of Commencement (NOC)**  **Navigation Tree**

Exhibit 3 - 15 shows the screen capture of the Support navigation tree: **Exhibit 3**  **- 15**  **: Support**  **Navigation Tree**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 24 Exhibit 3 - 16 shows the screen capture of the Bona Fide navigation tree (Class 2 Substance) :

**Exhibit 3**  **- 16**  **: Bona Fide**  **N avigation Tree**  **(Class 2 Substance)**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 25 Exhibit 3 - 17 shows the screen capture of the Bona Fide navigation tree (Polymer):

**Exhibit 3**  **- 17**  **: Bona Fide**  **Navigation Tree (Polymer)** 

Exhibit 3 - 18 shows the screen capture of the ACM navigation tree:

**Exhibit 3**  **- 18**  **: Al**  **ternative Control Measures (A CM)**  **Navigation Tree**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 26 3.8 Action Bar The action b ar is located at the bottom of the form on each screen. You can perform the following functions using the action b ar:  **Validate:** You can click the ‘ Validate ’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and Supports form. A ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop -up window generates when you click the ‘ Validate ’ icon ( ). The ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop -up window displays a report of all warning messages and validation errors that failed validation . On screens that display an expandable /collapsible field set , you must click the ‘Save’ button display ed within the expandable /collapsible field set to save the information entered within the field set before the ‘Validate’ functionality will initiate . Re fer to **Section 11**  for more information on validating a form . The following exhibits , Exhibit 3 - 19 , Exhibit 3 - 20 , Exhibit 3 - 21 , and Exhibit 3 - 22 show the screen captures for the action b ar: **Exhibit 3**  **- 19**  **: A ction Bar**  **– Validate** 

 **Save:** You can click the ‘ Save ’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and Supports f

orm . After you click the ‘ Save ’ icon ( ), yo u will receive a prompt indicating that all data entered in the form has been saved successfully . The save function does not validate any data entered. On screens that display an expandable /collapsible field set , you must click the ‘Save’ button displayed within the expandable /collapsible field set to save the information entered within the field set before be ing able to click the ‘Save’ icon located within the action bar , or use the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons to navigate to another page . Clicking the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons on a form will also save the data entered within a form . Clicking the ‘X’ button in the upper -right corner of the form in your browser will automatically

close the form without saving.

**Exhibit 3**  **- 20**  **: A ction Bar**  **– Save** 

 **Preview:** You can click the ‘ Preview ’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and Supports f

orm to preview the form . After you click the ‘ Preview ’ icon ( ), you will be given the option to view a regular version of the PDF or a sanitized version of the PDF. Choosing either option will generate and display a watermarked PDF version of the form . The draft watermarked PDF can display in a separate window depending on the individual browser settings .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 27 **Exhibit 3**  **- 21**  **: A ction**  **Bar –**  **Preview**

 **Submit:** You can click the ‘ Submit ’ icon ( ) to submit a Section 5 Notices and Supports f orm after you and/or an assigned Support have completed all sections of a Section 5 Notices and Supports f

orm . After you click the ‘ Submit ’ icon ( ), the submission process is initiated. Refer to **Section 11**  for further instructions on validation errors. You can continue with the submission pro cess only after clearing all validation errors. Validation warnings will not prevent you from submitting a form. Refer to **Section 12**  for more inform ation on submitting a Section 5 Notices and Supports f orm . **Exhibit 3**  **- 22**  **: A ction Bar**  **– Submit** 

 **Help Links:** You can click any of the ‘ Help ’ links , located at the bottom of each screen, at any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and Supports form .

 If you click the ‘ CDX Homepage ’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Homepage.

 If you click the ‘ MyCDX Homepage ’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Login.

 If you click the ‘ EPA Homepage ’ link, the application takes you to the EPA Homepage.

 If you click the ‘ Terms and Conditions ’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Terms and Conditions screen.

 If you click the ‘ Privacy Notice ’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Privacy and Security Notice screen. Exhibit 3 - 23 shows the screen capture of the action bar ‘ Help’ links: **Exhibit 3**  **- 23**  **: Help**  **– Links**  3.9 Attach Documents The ‘Attach Document’ button displays on various screens within a Section 5 Notices and Supports form , and provides functionality for you to attach supporting documents where needed. You can access the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window by clicking the ‘Attach Document’ button displayed on a sc reen. You will attach a file and enter a description, number of pages, and indicate confidential business information ( CBI) status. The system allows you to claim an uploaded document as CBI or not . If yo u claim a document as CBI, the s ys tem requires yo u to upload a sanitized version of the attached document. If you are missing a required field, clicking the ‘OK’ button will display an error message notifying you toTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 28 re - attach all documents. If you wish to change a CBI attachment to be non - CBI b y un - checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox , a warning will appear to notify you that un - checking the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox will delete the sanitized file. If you neglect to populate a required field and click the ‘OK’ button, an error message will display to indicate the missing fiel d and the application will delete the previously

attached file . After you upload a document to be attached, the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window will close and the document ’s information will be displayed in a table format on the screen. Depending on th e screen, the attachment table may display the section of the page the file is associated with, the file name and file extension of the document, a description of the document , the number of pages in the document, and if the document was claimed CBI. The s ys tem allows you to delete unwanted documents b y clicking the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located under the ‘ Actions ’ column. To view , open, or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the document table to view previously entered document information .  **Type:** Select the document ty pe of the document that you upload . This drop - down menu contains the following values: ‘ Aquatic Ecotoxicity, ’ ‘ Chemical Structure Diagram, ’ ‘ Fate, ’ ‘ Gel -permeation chromatography ( GPC ) , ’ ‘ Genetic Toxicity, ’ ‘ Health Toxicity, ’ ‘ IES Report, ’ ‘ Safety Datash eet , ’ and ‘ Terrestrial Ecotoxicity. ’  **Subtype:** Select the document type of the document that you upload . This drop - down menu contains the following values, which are grouped under specific document types: ‘ Partitioning (e.g., Koc, Kd, Kow, Koa, Henry ’s law constant), ’ ‘ Hydrol ys is, ’ ‘ Fugacity, ’ ‘ Photolysis, ’ ‘ Monitoring data (e.g. air, water, soil, biota, hu man), ’ ‘ Biodegradation, ’ ‘ Bioconcentration Factors/Bioaccumulation Factors ( BCF/BAF ) , ’ ‘ Material Safety Data Sheet/Safety

Data Sheet ( MSDS /SDS ) , ’ ‘ Technical Datasheet, ’ ‘ Eye Irritation, ’ ‘ Combined Repeated - Dose/Developmental/Reproductive Toxicity , ’ ‘ Sensitization, ’ ‘ Carcinogenicity, ’ ‘ Repeated - Dose Toxicity, ’ ‘ Neurotoxicity, ’ ‘ Acute Toxicity, ’ ‘ Developmental Toxicity, ’ ‘ Pharmacokinetics/Metabolism, ’ ‘ Dermal Irritation, ’ ‘ Reproductive Toxicity, ’ ‘ Fish Chronic Toxicity, ’ ‘ Invertebrate Acute Toxicity, ’ ‘ Invertebrate Chronic Toxicity, ’ ‘ Algae Toxicity, ’ ‘ Fish Acute Toxicity, ’ ‘ Chromosomal Aberrations Assay, ’ ‘ Unscheduled DNA Sy nthesis, ’ ‘ Genetic Mutation Assay, ’ ‘ Plant Toxicity, ’ ‘ Invertebrate Toxicity, ’ ‘ Avian Toxicity, ’ and ‘ Other. ’  **Attachment:** Click the ‘Browse’ button to generate the ‘File Upload’ window for y ou to search for a particular file on your hard drive. The attached file can be one of the following file ty pes: .pdf, .mol, .ppt, .pptx, .xls, .xlsx, .doc, .docx, .rtf, .txt, .gif, .jpg, .png, . bpm, .fas, .gbk, or .embl .  **Description:** Enter the description associated with the document. Submitters should not include any CBI information in the description of the file information. This is a required field.  **Number of Pages:** Enter the number of pages in a document. This is a required field.  **Check to claim the attachment as CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the attached document as confidential . Un - checking the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox for a CBI document generates a warning notify

ing you that un - checking th e CBI claim will delete the sanitized file.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 29  **Sanitized Attachment:** Click the ‘Browse’ button to generate the ‘File Upload’ window to search for a particular file on your hard drive. The attached file can be one of the following file ty pes: .pdf, .ppt, .pptx, .xls, .xlsx, .doc, .docx, .rtf, .txt, .gif, .jpg, .png, .bpm, .fas, .gbk, or .embl . For any attached document claimed as CBI, y ou will be required to attach a sanitized version of the document .  **Cancel:** Click the button to c ancel the attach document pro cess.  **OK:** Click the button to attach and link the document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ window to the form. If a field is missing, a warning message will display notifying you that all attachments must be re - attached and the missing field must be populated .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 30 Exhibit 3 - 24 shows the screen capture of the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window: **Exhibit 3**  **- 24**  **: At** **tach Documents Window**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Cancel’ b utton or ‘X’ icon in the upper right -hand corner to cancel the document attachment process. Click the ‘OK’ button to attach the document to the form and navigate back to the original screen from which the document attachment process was initiated.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 31 3.10 Search Substance Registry Services The ‘ Search SRS’ button displays on various screens within a Section 5 Notices and Supports form to identify

chemicals that may

be stored in Substance Registry Services ( SRS ) . **Search SRS:**  Click the ‘ Search SRS’ button to generate the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ window . You can search for the reported chemical(s) by either the ‘ Chemical Abstracts Service Registry

Number ( CASRN) ’ or ‘ CA Index Name or Other Sy nonym .’ The s ys tem allows yo u to claim the chemical substance(s) as CBI. If zero results are retrieved , the system provides the option of entering manual chemical information by clicking the ‘Create New Chemical’ button. Click the ‘Create New Chemical’ button to generate the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry

Se rvices’ window and enter chemical information by filling in the ‘Chemical Name’ and ‘ CASRN ’ under the manual entry field set. The system allows you to enter each chemical by clicking the ‘OK’ button located at the bottom of the ‘Search SRS ’ window . Once you enter all known ch emical information and click the ‘OK’ button, the chemical information saves and populates into the chemical description table. The ‘ Actions ’ column of the chemical table allows yo u to delete chemicals that have been added.  **CASRN:** Enter the CASRN of the chemical. Either the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other Sy nony m’ field is required when searching SRS.  **CA Index Name or Other Synonym:** Enter the chemical abstract ‘( CA) Index Name or Other Sy nony m ’ of the chemical . This field displays the following options: ‘Matches Exactly,’ ‘Contains,’ and ‘Begins With.’ Either the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other Sy nony m’ field is required when searching SRS.  **Search:** Click the button to initiate the database search for the CASRN or CA Index Name or Other Sy nony m for the desired chemical.  **Create New Chemical:** Click the button to generate the ‘Chemical Not Found I n Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 32 Exhibit 3 - 25 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window: **Exhibit 3**  **- 25**  **: Search**  **Substance Registry**  **Services Window**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Search’ button on the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ window to initiate the database search for the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA I ndex Name or Other Sy

nony m.’ After SRS returns results, select the chemical, cli ck the ‘OK’ button on the ‘Search SRS’ window , close the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ window, and navigate back to the screen from which the SRS search was initiated where the chemical information will be populated .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 33  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox t o claim the entered chemical as confidential . The ‘CBI’ checkbox will not be displayed on the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services’ window for the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances,’ ‘Poly mer Identification I

nformation,’ and the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen.  **Chemical Name:** Enter the chemical name. This is a required field.  **CASRN:** Enter the manually entered CASRN , if available .  **Maximum Percent:** Enter the maximum percentage for the impurit y. This field is displayed only in the ‘Chemic al Not Found In Substance Registry Services’ window on the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ button to navigate back to the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ window.  **OK:** Click the button to enter the manually entered chemical information into the fields on the screen from which the SRS search was initiated.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 34 Exhibit 3 - 26 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window: **Exhibit 3**  **- 26**  **: Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services Window** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘OK’ button to save th e manually entered chemical information and navigate back to the screen from which the SRS search was initiated where the chemical information will be populated . Click the ‘Cancel’ button to navigate back to the ‘Search SRS’ pop -up window. Click the ‘X’ lo cated in the upper right corner to close the pop -up window and navigate back to the screen from which the SRS search was initiated.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 35 3.11 Facility Registry System (FRS) Search The ‘FRS Search’ button is display ed on the ‘Submitter Controlled Site I nformation’ screen and the ‘Sites Controlled By

Others’ screen within a Section 5 Notices and Supports form to identify the sites for which you will be reporting. Click the ‘FRS Searc h’ button to generate the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ window . You will be able to search for a site by ‘EPA Registry ID,’ ‘Facility Name,’ ‘Facility Address,’ ‘City,’ ‘State,’ and/or ‘Postal Code.’ When the results are found, y ou will be able to add a new site b y selecting from the FRS results and clicking the ‘Add FRS Entry’ button or by adding a new site through the manual entry fields. The sys tem allows each individual site to be claimed as CBI.  **EPA Registry ID:** Enter the EPA Registry ID. At least one search parameter must be entered in order for results to be returned.  **Facility Name:** Enter the facility name. At least one search parameter must be entered in order for results to be returned.  **Facility Address:** Enter the facility address. At least on e search parameter must be entered in order for results to be returned.  **City:** Enter the facility city. At least one search parameter must be entered in order for results to be returned.  **State:** Enter the facility state. At least one search parameter must be entered in order for results to be returned.  **Postal Code:** Enter the facility postal code. At least one search parameter must be entered in order for results to be returned.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the facility information as confidenti al.  **Site Alias:** Enter the site alias. This is a required field if a joint submission is being filed.  **Search:** Click the button to initiate EPA’s FRS search .  **Add Manual Entry:** Click the button to navigate to the ‘Add Manual Entry’ pop -up window.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 36 Exhibit 3 - 27 shows the screen capture of the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ pop -up window: **Exhibit 3**  **- 27**  **: Facility Registry System Search Windo**  **w**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Add FRS Entry ’ button to input the selected site from the ‘FRS Search’ results to the screen from which y ou initiated the FRS search.  **Add FRS Entry:** Click the button to close the ‘Facilit y Registry S ys tem Search’ pop -up window and populate the selected site to the site location table. This button only displays once your search for a site has been successfully executed.  **Site Name:** Enter the site name. This is a required field if a manually entered site is being added.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 37  **Address 1:** Enter the first line of the mailing address of the site. This is a required field if a manually entered site is being added.  **Address 2:** Enter the second line of the mailing address of the site.  **City:** Enter the city of the mailing address of the site . This is a required field if a manually entered site is being added.  **State:** Enter the state of the mailing address of the site . This is a required field if a manually entered site is being added.  **Postal Code:** Enter th e postal code of the mailing address of the site . This is a required field if a manually entered site is being added.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the manually entered site as confidential.  **Site Alias:** Enter the site alias for the manually ente red site. This is a required field if a joint submission is being filed.  **Cancel :**  Click the button to navigate back to the ‘Facility Registry System Search’ pop -up window.  **OK:** Click the button to populate the entered site information into the table display ed on the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 38 Exhibit 3 - 28 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Add Manual Entry ’ pop -up window: **Exhibit 3**  **- 28**  **: Ad**  **d Manual Entry**  **Search Window**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘OK ’ button to add the manually entered site information to the site fields on the screen from which you initiate d the FRS search .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 39 

### 4 Create Premanufacture Notice (PMN) Form Anyone who plans to manufacture or import a new chemical substance for a non - exempt co mmercial purpose is required by Section 5 of TSCA to provide EPA with notice before initiating the activity, known as a PMN form . This PMN must be submitted at least 90 days prior to the manufacture or import of the chemical. 4.1 Create PMN Form To create a new PMN form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and select ‘Premanufacture Notice (PMN)’ from the ‘Form Ty pe’ drop - down menu. Refer to **Section 3.4**  for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Refer **to Section**  **3.5** for additional details regarding the creat passphrase process. 4.1.1 General Form Information You can access the ‘ General Form Information ’ screen b y clicking the ‘ Start New Form ’ button and creating a new passphrase , or b y accessing a Se ction 5 Notices and Supports form that is in progress and entering the passphrase associated with the selected form . The ‘General Form Information’ screen provides fields to input identify ing information for the specific form. You will have the option to assign a ‘ Form Alias’ to identify the form . A unique form alias is helpful when a user or company has multiple forms and/or when you must differentiate between forms to th e help desk. Upon navigating to the ‘General Form Information’ screen, the system will auto - generate a default alias comprised of a form ty pe , date stamp and time stamp in the following format: <Form Ty pe - YYYYMMDD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone . > If you select ‘Premanufacture Notice (PMN)’ or ‘Significant New Use Notice ( SNUN)’ from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop - down menu , the ‘ Pay ment ID ’ and the ‘ Toxic Substance ( TS ) Number ’ field s are required . Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen . If yo u select ‘SNUN’ from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop - down menu, it is recommended that a cover letter be provided. Otherwise, a warning message will display during validation of the form. If yo u are not filing a PMN or SNUN, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Agent In formation’ screen . If ‘Low Volume Exemption (LVE) @ 40 CFR 723.50(c)(1)’ or ‘LVE Modification’ is selected from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop - down menu, a ‘LVE Certification’ screen will generate and display during submission. If ‘Low Release/Low Exposure Exemption (LOREX) @ 40 CFR 723.50(c)(2)’ or ‘L O REX Modification’ is selected from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop - down menu, a ‘L O REX Certification’ screen will generate and display during submission. If ‘Test Marketing Exemption Application (TMEA)’ is selected from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop - down menu, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Agent Information’ screen. The ‘PMN Identification’ section provides fields for you to enter information about other communications with EPA by ente ring a TS number and Pay ment ID. The TS number is determined b y the company to identify

the form for both pay

ments and connecting related submissions when additional communications ( Letters of Support , J oint S ubmissions, and corrections) are sent before a PMN/LVE case number has been assigned . The TS number can be any six (6) character alphanumeric combination . The TS number should include two ( 2 ) , three ( 3 ) , or four (4 ) letters. Company names, recognizable words , and numerical series are not recommended. A unique identification number for the form will generate later if a L etter of S upport or J oint S ubmission is being filed . The ‘Pay ment ID’ is a user supplied alphanumericTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 40 value that corresponds to the method of trans actions that you used to submit the user fee (a check number, a wire transfer number, or a Pay.gov transaction number) . The ‘P ay ment ID ’ is a required field when you are filing a PMN or SNUN. The ‘Test Data’ section provides checkboxes to identify data that is included in the type of notice yo u selected from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop - down menu. The following values will display as checkboxes: ‘ Environmental fate data ,’ ‘ Health effects data ,’ ‘ Environmental effects data ,’ ‘ Physical/Chemical properties ,’ ‘ Risk assessments ,’ ‘ Structure/Activity relationships ,’ ‘ Test data not in the possession or control of the submitter ,’ and ‘Other data.’ You are required to submit all test data in y our possession or control and to provide a description of all other data known to or reasonably ascertainable b y you, if these data are related to the health and environmental effec ts on the manufacture, processing, distribution in commerce, use, or disposal of the new chemical substance. Standard literature citations may be submitted for data in the open scientific lite rature. Complete test data (written in English), not summaries of data, must be submitted if they do not appear in the open literature. You should clearly identi fy whether test data is on the substance or on an analog. In addition , the chemical composition of the tested material should be characterized. The ‘ Identify

whether any

of the below options apply ’ section provides checkboxes for you to indicate how interactions with other companies occur within the form. If the compan y is filing a J oint S ubmission, a folder generate s within the navigation tree for y ou to enter information concerning the J oint S ubmission. The unique identification number will be generated and sent to the joint submitter by the primary submitter and will link the two forms together. You will also be able to indicate that a Letter of Support is expected with the original PMN form . The Letter of Support will be submitted by a Secondary AO , with a unique identification number linking the forms .  **Form Alias:**  Captures the form alias. Upon navigating to the screen, the screen will auto generate an editable form alias in the following format: <Form T ype - YYYYMMDD HH:MM:SS Time Zone > . This is a required field .  **Type of Notice :**  Select a value to capture the type of notice for the PMN form. Valid values include: ‘ Premanufacture Notice (PMN), ’ ‘ Significant New Use Notice (SNUN) , ’ ‘ Test Marketing Exemption Application (TMEA), ’ ‘ Lo w Volume Exemption (LVE) @ 40 CFR 723.50 (c)(1), ’ ‘ Lo w Release/Low Exposure Exe mption (LOREX) @ 40 CFR 723.50( c)(2), ’ ‘ LVE Modification, ’ ‘ LOREX Modification, ’ and ‘ Mock Submission. ’ A Mock Submission is an enforcement case where the chemical was manufactured /imported in the past and is not currently being manufactured/imported by th e company . This is a required field.  **TS Number :**  Enter the TS number relating to the PMN form ; this field accepts any six (6) character alphanumeric combination. The TS number should include two ( 2 ) , three ( 3 ) , or four (4 ) letters. Company names, recognizable words , and numerical series are not recommended. TS numbers should be unique to this submission and should not be reused in a subsequent submission. This field is required if ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ is selected from the ‘Type of Notice’ drop - down menu .  **Payment ID :**  The ‘ Pay ment ID ’ can be entered as free text , but refers to a check number, wire transfer number, or a Pay.gov transaction number used to transmit a fee electronically . This field is required if either ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ is selected from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop down menu.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 41  **Environmental f** 

**ate d**  **ata :**  Check the ‘Environmental fate d ata’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains environmental fate data.  **Health e**  **ffects d**  **ata :**  Check the ‘Health effects d ata’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains health effects data.  **Environmental e**  **ffects d**  **ata :**  Check the ‘Environmental effects d ata’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains environmental effects data.  **Physical/Chemical p**  **roperties :**  Check the ‘Physical/Chemical p roperties’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains physical/chemical properties data .  **Test data not in the possession or control of the submitter :**  Check the ‘Test data not in the possession or control of the submitter’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains test data not in the possession or control of the submitter.  **Risk a**  **ssessments :**  Check the ‘Risk a ssessments’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains risk assessments data .  **Structure/Activity r**  **elationships :**  Check the ‘Structure/Activity r elationships’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains structure/activity relationships data .  **Other d**  **ata :**  Check the ‘Other data’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains other ty pes of data.  **Check here if you are filing a joint PMN :**  Check the ‘Check here if you are filing a joint PMN’ checkbox to indicate that the form is pending a joint PMN form . A ‘Joint Submission’ folder will generate within the navigation tree upon clicking the ‘Save’ icon located at the bottom of the screen within the action bar or by clicking the ‘Next’ button on the ‘General Form Information’ screen .  **Check here if you have a Letter of Support pending :**  Check the ‘Check here if you have a Letter of Support pen ding’ checkbox to indicate that the form is pending a L etter of S upport. A ‘Letter of Support’ folder will display within the navigation tree upon clicking the ‘Save’ icon located at the bottom of the screen within the action bar or by clicking the ‘Next’ button on the ‘General Form Information’ screen .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 42 Exhibit 4 - 1 show s the screen capture of the ‘ General Form Information ’ screen ( S croll 1) :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 1**  **: General Form Information**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 43 Exhibit 4 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen (Scroll 2):

**Exhibit 4**  **- 2**  **: General Form**  **Information Screen**  **(Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** If you are filing a ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘User Fees Certification’ link within the navigation tree. If yo u are not filing a ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Agent Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Agent Information’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.2 User Fees Certification You can access the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen by selecting ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop - down menu and by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General FormTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 44 In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘ User Fees Certification ’ link within the navigation tree. The purpose of the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen is to inform EPA of how the user fees were paid. You wil l have three (3) options to select from to notify EPA which user fee was selected. A company will indicate whether ‘$100’ was submitted for a small business, ‘$1 , 000’ was submitted for an intermediate PMN, or ‘$2 , 500’ was submitted for a large business. You can find the specifics of which category to file under b y reviewing 40 CFR Section 700.  **The Company named in Part 1, Section A has remitted the fee of $2 ,**  **500 specified in 40 CFR 700.45(b)**  **:** Select this radio button to identify whether you have submitted a user fee in the amount of $2,500. One of the three user fee options must be selected .  **The Company named in Part 1, Section A has remitted the fee of $1,000 for Intermediate PMN (defined @ 40 CFR 700.43) in accordance with 40 CFR 700.45(b)**  **:** Select this radio button to identify whether you have submitted a user fee in the amount of $1,000. One of the three user fee options must be selected .  **The Company named in Part 1, Section A is a small business concern under 40 CFR 700.43 and has remitted a fee of $100**  **in accordance with 40 CFR 700.45(b) :**  Select this radio button to identify

whether you have submitted a user fee in the amount of $100. One of the three user fee options must be selected.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 45 Exhibit 4 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘ User Fees Certification ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 3**  **: User Fees Certification**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘ Agent Information ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Agent Information’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.3 Agent Information You can access the ‘ Agent Information’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Form Information’ screen if you are not filing a ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN.’ You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen if you are filing a ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN.’ You can also navigate to this screen b y clicking the ‘Agent Information’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Agent Information’ screen provides fields for you to enter information regarding all parties involved in populating the PMN f orm. The agent should be a person who can answer questions about the form. The ‘ Agent Information ’ screen displays an ‘Add Agent’ button that generates the ‘Add Agent’ pop -up window for you to input the contact information on behalf of who m the submission is being made. You will be able to enter multiple agents; if the agent is the same individual who is filling out the form , click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to retrieve user information entered during CDX registration . The system provides a checkbox for you to claim entered contact information as confidential by checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. Each agent willTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 46 have an individual CBI claim. You will be able to enter contact information for each agent , and click the ‘OK’ button , which will populate the agent table located on the bottom of the ‘Agent In formation’ screen. The table allows you to delete agents by clicking the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located under the ‘ Actions ’ column. To edit agent information, click the agent name within the ‘ Last Name ’ column , which will generate the ‘Add Agent’ pop -up window with the previously entered agent information .  **Add Agent:** Click the button to generate the ‘Add Agent’ pop -up window to enter multiple agents into a table format.  **Last Name:** Displays the last name of th e reported agent. Click the ‘Last Name’ link to generate the ‘Add Agent’ pop -up window and edit the agent information .  **First Name:** Displays the first name of the reported agent.  **Address:** Displays the mailing address of the reported agent.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of the agent information by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete specific agents. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the agent information .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 47 Exhibit 4 - 4 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Agent Information ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 4**  **: Ag**  **ent Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree.  **Click here to copy your information from CDX R** **egistration :**  Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration ’ button to populate the fields with y our contact information provided during CDX registration . The s ystem displays a prompt confirming the import of CDX registration information.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim agent information as confidential .  **First Name:** Enter the agent’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , the field s populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Last Name:** Enter the agent’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration . This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 48  **Position :**  Enter the agent’s job title.  **Company Name:** Enter the agent’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a requi red field.  **Phone Number :**  Enter the agent’s day time phone number: U . S . or international . This field does not allow dashes. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , the fields popul ate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Email Address:** Enter the agent’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , th e fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the agent’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the agent’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **City:** Enter the city

of the agent’s mailing address . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **State:** Select the state of the agent’s mailing address from the drop - down menu . If you have clicked the ‘Copy

CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field if the ‘Country ’ field is set to ‘United States . ’  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the agent’s mailing address . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Country:** Select the country of the agent’s maili ng address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 49 Exhibit 4 - 5 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Agent’ window: **Exhibit 4**  **- 5**  **: Ad**  **d A gent Windo** **w**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Cancel’ button or the ‘X’ icon in the upper right -hand corner to stop the process of adding agent information and navigate back to the ‘Agent Information’ screen. Click the ‘OK’ button to populate the entered agent information and navigate back to the ‘Agent In formation’ screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 50 4.1.4 Technical Contact Information You can access the ‘Technical Contact Information ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Agent Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact In formation ’ link within the navigation tree. The technical c ontact sho uld be able to answer, or obtain answers to, questions related to the chemical submitted to EPA within the PMN form . The technical c ontact does not have to physicall y work at the site reported on the form , but must be readily available by phone or email . The system provides functionality to enter multiple technical contacts. If the contact is the same person who is filling out the form , the s ys tem presents a ‘ Copy CDX Registration ’ button for you to retrieve your user information from CDX. You will enter the contact information for each technical contact within the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window and click the ‘ OK ’ button at the bottom of the window , which will populate the technical contacts table located on the bottom of the screen. The table provides func tionality for yo u to delete a technical contact by clicking the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located under the ‘ Actions ’ column. To edit technical contact information, click the technical contact name within the ‘ Last Name ’ column. The system provides functionality

for you to claim entered contact information as confidential by checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox .  **Add Technical Contact:** Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to generate the ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop -up window , which provides field s for you to enter technical contact information.  **Last Name:** Displays the last name of the reported technical contact. Click the ‘Last Name’ link to edit the technical contact information .  **First Name:** Displays the first name of the reported technical con tact.  **Address:** Displays the address of the reported technical contact.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of the technical contact information by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete specific technical contacts .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 51 Exhibit 4 - 6 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Technical Contact Information ’ screen:

**Exhibit 4**  **- 6**  **: Technical**  **Contact Information**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to begin the process of adding technical contact information. Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Submission In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Submission In formation’ link within the navigation tree.  **Click here to copy your information from CDX Registration**  **:** Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration ’ button to populate the fields with y our cont act information provided during CDX registration . A prompt will display confirming the import of CDX registration information.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the technical contact information as confidential . If the ‘CBI’ checkbox is checked before clicking the ‘Copy

CDX Registration’ button, the ‘CBI’ checkbox will become unchecked upon navigating back to the screen after cop ying CDX registration information . To claim a technical contact as confidential, che ck the ‘CBI’ checkbox after importing CDX registration information .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 52  **First Name:** Enter the technical contact’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration ’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Last Name:** Enter the technical contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration ’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Position :**  Enter the technical c ontact’s job title.  **Company Name:** Enter the technical contact’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Phone Number :**  Enter the technical contact’s day time phone number. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Email Address:** Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy

CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy

CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **City:** Enter the technical co ntact’s U . S . city of the mailing address . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **State:** Select the state of the technical contact’s mailing address from the drop - down menu . If yo u have clicked the ‘Copy CDX registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the technical contact’s mailing address . If you have clicked the ‘Copy

CDX registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Country:** Displays ‘United States.’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 53 Exhibit 4 - 7 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window: **Exhibit 4**  **- 7**  **: Ad**  **d Technical**  **Contact Windo w** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon located in the upper -right corner to stop the process of adding technical contact information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save and populate the entered technical contact information and navigate back to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ s creen. 4.1.5 Additional Submission Information You can access the ‘Additional Submission I nformation’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Technical Contact Information ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Submission In formation’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Additional Submission I nforma tion’ screen gather s resources concerning the PMN form that references generic information for the form that allows EPA to set a base point for the project.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 54 The ‘ Prenotice Communication Number ’ is a number given to a user during past communication with EPA. This number is required if you are filing a consolidated PMN. EPA must approve all consolidated PMN forms prior to submission . The system will require that you either en ter a number into the text field or che ck the ‘None’ checkbox. EPA uses the ‘ Previously Submitted Notice Number ’ to continue the link of past, current, and future documents. This number allows EPA to associate previous renditions of the current submission in the PMN process. The sys tem will require that you either enter a case number into the text field or check the ‘None’ checkbox. The ‘ Bona Fide Intent Notice Number ’ is lis ted to show the company previously contacted EPA to determine whether the chemical in question was previously listed on the TSCA inventory. The system will require that you either enter a numb er into the text field or check the ‘None’ checkbox. On this sc reen, a company must also declare whether the newly registered chemical will be manufactured or imported. You will have the option to select ‘Manufacture’ and/or ‘I mport’ and depending on whether the company onl y intends to do one of the available options, the system provides ‘Binding’ checkboxes to indicate a binding option. The binding option demonstrates that you intend to only do the one option selected and would be willing to legally

bind to that situation if EPA chooses to regulate that chemical. The purpose of the binding option is to enable EPA (if necessary ) to efficiently negotiate with a PMN submitter the development of §5(e) consent orders and promulgate Significant New Use Rules (SNUR) for those new chemical substances that the Agency determine s may present an unreasonable risk if certain control actions are not implemented. This option is intended to reduce delays that can slow the development of consent orders . At one time, SNUR were limited to environmental release activities and certain indu strial, commercial, or consumer activities, but now they can include other important activities, such as protection in the workplace and hazard communications. Control measures instituted by the submitter to reduce exposures and/or releases of the substanc e may have a direct bearing on the Agency 's conclusions regarding risk. Therefore, you may wish to indicate your willingness to be bound to certain submitted information on the form , which rel ates to the issue of potential risk such as use, production volume, protective equipment, engineering controls, and/or process description. By indicating yo ur willingness to make these commitments, y ou would be indicating an interest in future negotiations if the Agency deems them necessary.  **Prenotice Communication Nu mber**  **- None:**  Check the ‘ None ’ checkbox for the ‘ Prenotice Communication Number ’ to indicate that there is no prenotice communication number . Un check the ‘None’ checkbox to re - generate a ‘Prenotice Communication Number’ field and enter a value.  **Prenotice Communication Number**  **:** Enter the prenotice communication number to associate with a previous contact with EPA. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save an individual entry . Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) that displays after saving to edit an individual entry . Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete individual entries . Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add entries . This field is required if a form is a consolidated submission .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim an individual prenotice communication number as confidential .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 55  **Previously Submitted Notice Number -**  **None:** Check the ‘ None ’ checkbox for the ‘ Previously

Submitted Notice Number ’ to indicate that there is no previously submitted notice number . Un - check the ‘None’ checkbox to re - generate a ‘Previously Submitted Notice Number’ field and enter a value.  **Previously Submitted Notice Number:** Enter the previously submitted notice number to associate with a previous contact with EPA. This number must be entered in a case number format and accepts alphanumeric characters and dash es. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save an individual entry . Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) that displays after saving to edit an individual entry . Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete individual entries . Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add entries . This field is required, or the ‘None’ checkbox must be checked.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim an individual previously submitted notice number as confidential .  **Bona Fide Intent Notice Number -**  **None:** Check the ‘None’ checkbox for the ‘ Bona Fide Intent Notice Number ’ to indicate that there is no bona fide intent notice number . Un - check the ‘None’ checkbox to re - generate a ‘Bona Fide Intent Notice Number’ field and enter a value.  **Bona Fide Intent Notice Number:** Enter the bona fide intent notice number to associate with a previous contact with EPA. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save an individual entry . Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) that displays after saving to edit an individual entry . Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete individual entries . Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add entries . This field is required, or the ‘None’ checkbox must be checked.  **Bona Fide Intent Notice Number –**  **CBI :**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim an individual bona fide intent notice number as confidential .  **Manufacture :**  Check the ‘Manufacture’ checkbox to claim the intent to manufacture .  **Binding :**  Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim intent to manufacture information as binding .  **Import :**  Check the ‘Import’ checkbox to claim the intent to import.  **Binding :**  Check the ‘Binding’ chec kbox to claim intent to import information as binding.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 56 Exhibit 4 - 8 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Additional Submission I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 8**  **: Ad**  **ditional Submission Information Screen**

**Navigation:** If you are not filing a Joint or Letter of Support submission, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the navigation tre e. If you are submitting a J oint S ubmission, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Joint Submitter I nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submitter I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. If you have a Lette r of Support pending and are not submitting a joint submission, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen . You can also navigate to this screen b y clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter In formation’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 57 4.1.6 Joint Submitter Information You can access the ‘Joint Submitter I nformation’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Additional Submission Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Sub mitter Information’ link within the navigation tree . Click the ‘Add Joint Submission’ link within the navigation tree to add an additional joint submitter; a maximum of two joint submitters may

be listed in a PMN form. The ‘Joint Submitter I

nformation’ s creen is used to enter contact information regarding the joint submitter that will be submitting separate information regarding the PMN form . The joint submitter will be sent the unique identification number by the primary submitter . Only

two joint submitters may

be listed.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI**  **:** Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the joint submitter contact information as confidential .  **First Name :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s first name. This is a required field.  **Last Name :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s last name. This is a required field .  **Position :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s job title .  **Company Name :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s company name. This is a required field .  **Phone Number :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s day time phone number; U . S . or international . This field does not accept dashes. This is a required field .  **Email Address :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@ abc.com . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1 :**  Enter the first line of the joint submitter ’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the joint submitter ’s mailing address .  **City:** Enter the city

of the joint submitter ’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **State:** Select the state of the joint submitter ’s mailing address from the drop - down menu . This is a require d field.  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the joint submitter ’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Country:** Displays ‘United States.’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 58 Exhibit 4 - 9 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Joint Submitter I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 9**  **: Joint Submitter**  **Information Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.7 Joint Submission Information You can access the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submitter I

nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 59 The ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ screen is used as a communication point between two companies. The ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen displays fields that capture information to pass to the joint submitter . A text box is used to send information to the joint submitter in an unencry pted email sent by the primary s ubmitter. A ‘Unique Id entifier for Joint Submissions’ box will also display

on this screen. The unique identification number auto - generate s when a user declares a joint submission is being established. **Joint Submission Process:** When you designate that a joint submission is being filed, you will be asked to enter all the information within the ‘Joint Submission’ folder. When the primary submitter navigates to the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen, the primary submitter can choose to s end an email to the joint submitter identified on the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen. The email will contain the unique identification number that will link the two forms. When the joint submitter accesses the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and creates a new form , the joint submitter will be prompted to enter the unique identification number on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen . Once the unique identification number has been entered, the s ys tem will link the primary

and joint forms. The o riginal notice will not undergo a review process until all forms have been received.  **Joint Submission Information Instructions :**  Enter the information that the primary submitter is sending to the joint submitter .  **Joint Submission Informational Text :**  Displays instructional text provided by OPPT, the unique identification number automatically generated for the form , and provides functionality to email the unique identification number to the joint submitter by clicking the ‘ Notify

the Secondary

Submitter of the Joint Submission ’ link .  **Unique Identification Number :**  The unique identification number is a random number auto generate s to pass on to the joint submitter to create a joint submission .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 60 Exhibit 4 - 10 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Joint Submission I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 10**  **: Joint**  **Submission Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Notify the Secondary

Submitter of the Joint Submission’ link to access the unique identifier notification pop -up window. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen if y ou are not filing a Letter of Support form. You c an also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the navigation tree. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen if you are submitting a Letter of Support. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 61 4.1.8 Notify Joint Submitter of Joint Submission Information You can access the unique identifier notification window by clicking the ‘Notify

the Secondary Submitter of the Joint Submission’ link from the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen. The unique identifier notification window is used to notify the joint submitter of the unique identification number . The unique i dentifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field for you to add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and an ‘Additional Comments’ text box.  **From :**  Displays the email address of the logged in user th at created the form .  **CC :**  This field automatically populate s with the email address of the logged in user that created the original form and the email address of the technical contact .  **To:** Contains instructional text for y ou to enter multiple email addre sses. Contains the editable email address of the joint submitter specified on the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen ; this email address will be pre -populated upon navigating to the window. Enter any additional email addresses that the email should be sent to.  **Subject:** Displays ‘YYYY Primary PMN’ in an editable text field that can be modified as needed.  **Message:** Contains a pre - determined message that will display in the email sent to a joint submitter .  **Additional Comments:** Enter any other additional comments or instructions that can be passed onto the joint submitter .  **Send:** Click the ‘Send’ button to g enerate and send the email to the email addresses identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 62 Exhibit 4 - 11 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification window :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 11**  **: Unique Identifier Notification Window** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the joint submitter and navigate back to the ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 63 4.1.9 Letter of Support Submitter Information Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen to access the ‘ Letter of Support Submitter I

nformation’ screen if a Letter of Support is pending . You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information ’ link within the navigation tree. If you are only filing a Letter of Support, click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Additional Submission I

nformation’ screen to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen . Click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link within the navigation tree to add extra Letters of Support. The ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen is used to enter contact information for the Letter of Support submitter who will be entering separate information regarding the PMN form . The unique identification number will be sent to the Letter of Support submitter via the email address provided. An unlimited number of Letters of Support can be identified for each form.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:**  Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the Letter of Suppo rt submitter contact information as confidential .  **First Name:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter ’s first name. This is a required field.  **Last Name:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter ’s last name. This is a required field .  **Position :**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter ’s job title .  **Company Name:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter ’s company name. This is a required field .  **Phone Number:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter ’s day time phone number ; U.S. or international . This field does not accept dashes. This is a required field .  **Email Address:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter ’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1 :**  Enter the first line of the Letter of Support submitter ’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the Letter of Support submitter ’s mailing address.  **City:** Enter the city

of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Country:** Select the country of the Letter of Suppo rt submitter’s mailing address from the drop - down menu . This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 64 Exhibit 4 - 12 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Letter of Support Submitter Information ’ screen:

**Exhibit 4**  **- 12**  **: Letter of Support Submitter**  **Information Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submission I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.10 Letter of Support Submission Information You can navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen by

clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Letter of Support Sub mission Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen is used as a communication point between two companies. The ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen displays fields that capture information to pass to the Letter of Support submitter . A field titled ‘Special In formation’ is used to send information to the Letter of Support submitter in an email sent by the primary submitter . A ‘Unique Identifier for Letter of Support Submissions’ box will also display on this screen. The unique identification number generate s when yo u declare a Letter of Support is being established.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 65 **Letter of Support Submission Process:** When yo u designate that a Letter of Suppo rt is pending , you will be asked to enter all the information within the ‘Letter of Support’ folder. When the primary

submitter chooses to, the s ys tem will send an email to the Letter of Support submitter designated on the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nf ormation’ screen. The email will contain the unique identification number that will link the two forms. When the Letter of Support submitter accesses the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and click s the ‘Start New Form’ button , the Letter of S upport submitter will be prompted to enter the unique identification number on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen . Once the unique identification number has been entered, the s ys tem will link the primary and Letter of Support forms . Click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link within the navigation tree to add extra Letters of Support as needed.  **Letter of Support Submission Information Instructions:**  Enter the information that the primary submitter is sending to the Letter of Support submitter .  **Letter of Support Submission Informational Text**  **:** Displays instructional text provided by EPA , the unique identification number generated for the form , and provides functionality to email the unique identification number to the Letter of Support submitter by clicking the ‘ No tify the Secondary

Submitter of the letter of support submission ’ link .  **Unique Identification Number:** Th e unique identification number is a random number auto generated to pass on to the Letter of Support submitter to create a L etter of S upport form .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 66 Exhibit 4 - 13 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen:

**Exhibit 4**  **- 13**  **: Letter of Support**  **Submission Information Scre**  **en**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Notify the Secondary

Submitter of the letter of support submission’ link to navigate to the unique identifier notification window. Click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link to file two or more Letters of Support. Click the ‘Add C onsolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree to generate and access the ‘Chemical I dentification’ screen. If you are editing a form, c lick the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submission’ screen to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen if you are on the second ‘Letter of Support’ folder or are only filing one Letter of Support form. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the navigation tree .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 67 4.1.11 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information You can access the unique identifier notification window by clicking the ‘Notify

the Secondary Submitter of the letter of support submission’ link from the ‘Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen. The unique identifier notification window is used to notify the Letter of Support submitter of the unique identification number . The unique identifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field for yo u to add other email addresses to the noti fication (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and an ‘Additional Comments’ text box.  **From:** Displays the email address of the logged in user that created the form .  **CC :**  This automatically populate s with the email address of the logged in user that created the form and the email address of the technical contact .  **To:** Contains instructional text for y ou to enter multiple email addresses. Contains the editable email address of the Letter of Support submitter specified on the ‘ Letter of Support S ubmitter ’ screen; this email address is pre -populated upon navigating to the unique identifier notification window .  **Subject:** Displays ‘YYYY Primary PMN’ in an editable text field that can be modified as needed.  **Message:** Displays a pre - determined message in the email sent to a Letter of Support submitter .  **Additional Comments:** Enter any other additional comments or instructions to pass onto the Letter of Support submitter .  **Send:** Click the ‘Send’ button to g enerate and send the ema il to the email addresses identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 68 Exhibit 4 - 14 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification window :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 14**  **: Unique Identifier Notification Window** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the Letter of Support submitter and navigate back to the ‘ Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 69 4.1.12 Chemical Identification Click the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree to generate and access the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen. If you are editing a form where the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen has alr eady been generated, c lick the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Additional Submission I nformation’ screen to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen if you are not filing a j oint or Letter of Support submission. Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Subm ission Information’ screen to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identificati on’ screen if you are filing a Joint S ubmission and not a Letter of Support. Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen if you are filing a Letter of Support submission. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Chemical Identification ’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Chemical Identification’ screen identifies the ty pe of chemical the s ubmitter will be entering into the application. You will be able to file a PMN form for a class 1 or 2 chemical substance or a poly

mer. Based on your selection , the appropriate screens for the respective chemical will appear. If you select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, clicking the ‘Save’ icon within the bottom action bar, or clicking the ‘Next’ button will generate the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen within the navigation tree . I f yo u identify the chemical as a p oly

mer by selecting the ‘ P oly

mer’ radio button , clicking the ‘Save’ icon within the bottom action bar, or clicking the ‘Next’ button will generate the ‘Polymer Identification In formation’ screen and the ‘ Monomers and Other Reactants ’ screen within the navi gation tree . This screen provides a field to identify an alias for the chemical substance. The chemical alias is required if a J oint S ubmission or Letter of Support is being filed and will rename the chemical folder within the navigation tree . The alias f ield will allow you to identify chemicals in a consolidated chemical submission.  **Class 1 or 2 Chemical**  **Substance :**  Select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button to indicate that the chemical is a class 1 or 2 substance. If you select the ‘Poly mer’ radio button after initially

selecting the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, the application generates an error message warning you that you will lose all data for this chemical if the chemical ty pe changes. Selecting either the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ or ‘Poly mer’ radio button is required.  **Polymer :**  Select the ‘Poly mer’ radio button to indicate that the chemical is a poly mer. If you select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button after initially selecting the ‘ Poly mer ’ radio button, the application generates an error message warning you that you will lose all data for this chemical if the chemical ty pe changes. Selecting either the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ or ‘Poly mer’ radio button is re quired.  **Chemical Alias :**  Enter the chemical alias to associate with a chemical . This field will auto generate a chemical alias in the navigation tree upon leaving the screen if this field is left blank. This field is required if the form is pending a J oint S ubmission or a Letter of Support.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 70 Exhibit 4 - 15 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen : **Exhibit 4**  **- 15**  **: Chemical Identification Screen**

**Navigation:** If you selected the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ link within the navigation tree. If you selected the ‘Poly

mer’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ butto n to navigate to the ‘Poly mer Id entification Information’ screen. You can also navigate to this screen b y clicking the ‘Poly mer Id entification Information’ link within the navigation tree. Click the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree to add a consolidated chemical after selecting a chemical type. 4.1.13 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances You can navigate to the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen if y ou selected the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button on the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen and clicked the ‘Next’ button. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen provides fields for you to enter information describing the chemical for which the PMN is to be filed. This screen wi ll outline the uniqueTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 71 chemical properties that show the name, composition , and structure of the chemical. The sys tem provides fields for you to identify several key

aspects concerning a chemical’s identity. For a single component submission, create the field set by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application generates an expandable/collapsible field set containing numerous fields for you to enter information pertaining to that particular chemical. For a multi - component submission, create another field set b y clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Multi - component chemical submissions occur when two or more chemicals are always generated together in a single pot and are never isolat ed. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application generates a field set containing numerous fields for you to enter information pertaining to that particular chemical. Enter additional chemical components, each with unique identifying information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button for each additional chemical that is part of the multi - component mixture. All multi - component chemicals will reside in one chemical folder in the navigation tree. For a consolidated submission, create and identify chemicals in separate chemical folders by clicking the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree. If you select the ‘Class 1’ radio button on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen , click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen . If you select the ‘Class 2’ radio button on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen , click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen. For a c lass 1 substance c hemical s tructure diagram, provide a complete and correct chemical structure diagram. A c lass 1 structural diagram should clearly and completely indicate the identity of the atoms and the nature and location of the bonds joining the atoms. Provide ionic charges and kn own stereo chemical details. Carbon atoms in ring s ys tems do not need to be explicitly shown. For a c lass 2 substance c hemical s tructure diagram: 1) List the immediate precursor substances with their re spective Chemical Abstracts Service ( CAS ) Registry

Numbers (CASRN) . 2) Describe the nature of the reaction or process. 3) Indicate the range of composition and the ty pical composition (where appropriate). 4) Provide a correct representative or partial chemical structure diagram, as complete as can be known, if one can be reasonably ascertained. Provide partial, complete , or representative structural diagrams to the extent possible. The diagram should indicate the characteristic or variable compositional structural components of the substance. If you ar e unsure of the exact structure, provide the best information you have and indicate that it is your best estimate of the chemical structure .  **Add Chemical Component:** Click the button to generate the class 1 or 2 chemical substances expandable/collapsible f ield set.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. TheTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 72 ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is op en for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation m essage displays to confirm the deletion.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **B.1.a Class of Substance:** In section B.1.a, you identify whether a ‘Class 1’ or ‘Class 2’ chemical substance is being reported. When you select the ‘Class 2’ chemical substance radio button , you indicate that some portions of the structure may not be known and a ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen will appear within the navigation tree after clicking the ‘Next’ button for yo u to enter information concerning how the chemical was created. If multiple ‘Class 2’ chemical components are added, onl y one ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen will generate that appl ies to all the components. You may claim the chemical substance class as confidential by checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. Either a ‘Class 1’ or ‘Class 2’ radio button must be selected .  **Class 1:** Select the ‘Class 1’ radio button to identify the chemical as a ‘Class 1’ substance. A ‘Class 1’ substance is a single molecular entit y that can be represented by a single, definite structural diagram. Either the ‘Class 1’ or the ‘Class 2’ radio button in the ‘B.1.a. Class of Substance’ section is required.  **Class 2:** Selec t the ‘Class 2’ radio button to identify the chemical as a ‘Class 2’ substance. A ‘Class 2’ substance is a substance whose composition cannot be represented by a single, definite chemical structural diagram. Class 2 substance s include substances of unknown, variable, or uncertain composition, complex mixtures or reaction products, or well - defined substance s without specific structures. Either the ‘Class 1’ or the ‘Class 2’ radio button in the ‘B.1.a. Class of Substance’ section is required.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Class of Substance’ as confidential .  **Search SRS:**  Click the ‘Search SRS ’ button to generate the ‘Search Substance Registry Services ’ pop -up window.  **CASRN:** Displays the CASRN of the chemical identified on the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window , if applicable .  **Chemical Name:** Displays the chemical name of the chemical identified on the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ pop -up window . For c lass 1 substances, a ‘Chemical Abstracts ( CA) Index Name ’ must be provided. For c lass 2 substances either a ‘ CA Index Name ’ or ‘ CA Preferred Name ’ must be provided, whichever is appropriate based on current CA nomenclature rules and conventions. This is a required field . This image cannot currently be displayed.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 73  **Generic Chemical Name:** Enter the generic name to associate with a chemical. This field only displays when ‘CASRN’ and ‘Chemical Name’ are marked as ‘ CBI . ’ This is a required field.  **Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)**  **:** Select the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service) ’ radio button to identify the ID Method as the CAS I nvent ory Expert Service (IES) method and generate the ‘IES Order #’ field . A copy of the i dentification report obtained from the CAS I

nventory Expert Services must be submitted as an attachment to this notice ; an IES report is required . For a consolidated submi ssion, e ach chemical must be ‘Method 1’ except when the submission is pending a Letter of Support for that chemical . A single response option in the ‘B.1.c ID Method’ section is required.  **Method 2 (Other Method)**  **:** Select the ‘Method 2 (Other Method) ’ radio button to identify the ID method as ‘ Other Method. ’ An alternative method of providing a name, such as a Scientific and Technical Information Network ( STN) database report or a CAS Client Services report , qualifies as ‘Method 2.’ The chemical can o nl y be ‘Method 2’ if the consolidated submission is pending a Letter of Support. A single response option in the ‘B.1.c ID Method’ section is required.  **IES Order #:** Enter the IES order number of the report. This field only displays when the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button is selected . This is a required field.  **Molecular Formula:** Enter the molecular formula associated with a chemical. The molecular formula must give the correct identity and number of atoms of each element contained in the PMN molecule or a description if the substance is a c lass 2 material . The s ystem will not allow subscripts and superscripts to be used. This is a required field .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Molecular Formula’ data as confidential .  **Section:** Select the section of the page the file is associated with that you intend to attach from the drop - down menu . This drop - down menu contains the following values: ‘Chemical Structure Diagram’ and ‘ID Method.’ This is a required field in order to upl oad an attachment .  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for f urther details regarding the attach document functionality .  **Section:** Displays the section associated with a document.  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop - up window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire do cument row permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document .  **Save:** Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ button located within the bottom actionTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 74 bar to successfully

save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away

from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons. Exhibit 4 - 16 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances ’ screen ( S croll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 16**  **: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances**  **Screen (**  **Scroll 1)**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 75 Exhibit 4 - 17 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen ( S croll 2) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 17**  **: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances**  **Screen (**  **Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** If you select the ‘Class 1’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ link within the navig ation tree. If you select the ‘Class 2’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Class 2 Substances’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.14 Class 2 Substances You can navigate to the ‘ Class 2 Substances ’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances ’ screen when you select the ‘Class 2’ radio button for theTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 76 ‘Class of Substance’ field . You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Class 2 Substances ’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Cl ass 2 Substances’ screen captures information regarding a c lass 2 chemical substance. A c lass 2 chemical substance is a substance that may not have a defined chemical structure that has been identified. This screen provides fields to identify specific elements in the creation of the chemical using the following fields: ‘Precursor Substances,’ ‘ Nature of Reaction,’ and ‘Range of Composition.’ Enter precursor substances by searching SRS or using m anual entry when the substance is not in SRS. The selected substances will display in a table listing the ‘Chemical Name’ and ‘ CASRN. ’ The system provides fields to capture ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ in text boxes. The text boxes for both ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ can be claimed as CBI.  **B.1.e.1. Precursor Substances:** This table captures the chemicals identified as immediate precursor substances, along with the respective CASRNs , if applicable .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the precursor substances information as confidential .  **Search SRS:** Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to generate the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window.  **Chemical Name:** Displays the chemical name associated wi th a precursor substance. Click the ‘Chemical Name’ link to generate the ‘Search SRS ’ pop -up window to make edits.  **CASRN:** Displays the CASRN , if applicable, associated with a precursor substance.  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire chemical row permanently from the system. A warning message will display to confirm the deletion of the chemical .  **B.1.e.2. Nature of Reaction :**  Enter the nature of the reaction or process description .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to c laim the nature of reaction information as confidential .  **B.1.e.3 Range of Composition :**  Enter the range of composition and the typical composition description .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the range of composition information as confidential .  **Section:** Select the section of the page the document you intend to attach is associated with from the drop - down menu . This is a required field .  **Attach Document :**  Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window and initiate the document upload process. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for further details regarding the attach document functionality .  **Section:** Displays the sectio n associated with a document.  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of a file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Document s ’ window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 77  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire document row permanently from the system. A warning message di splays to confirm the deletion. Exhibit 4 - 18 show s the screen capture of the ‘ Class 2 Substances ’ screen ( S croll 1) :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 18**  **: Class 2 Substances**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 78 Exhibit 4 - 19 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen ( S croll 2):

**Ex hibit**  **4 -**  **19 :**  **Class 2**  **Substances Screen**  **(Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical I nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Chemical I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.15 Additional Chemical Information You can navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical I nformation’ screen by

selecting the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button on the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen , selecting the ‘Class 1’ radio button on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen and clicking the ‘Next’ button . You can also access the ‘Additional Chemical I nformation’ screen by

selecti ng the ‘Class 2’ radio button on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen then clicking the ‘Next’ button onTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 79 the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen. You can also navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen. You can also navigate to this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Additional Chemical I nformation’ screen captures information regarding the chemicals produc ed as b yp roducts and impurities when a chemical is manufactured. This screen also captures other names for the chemical at hand in the ‘Synon ym s’ and ‘Trade Identification’ tables. An ‘Impurities’ table displays information regarding the impurities that may be reasonably anticipated to be in the respective chemical or poly mer as manufactured for commercial purpose . To populate the table, click the ‘ Search SRS’ button to access the ‘Search SRS ’ pop -up window . You will also be able to enter a chemical using the ‘Chemical Name’ and ‘CASRN’ field (if applicable) on the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window . If there are unidentified impurities, enter “unidentified.” You also have the option of claiming the chemical as confidential b y checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. A ‘Maximum %’ field is also displayed which captures the maximum percentage for the impurity. Documents may be attached for the ‘Impurities’ section. A ‘By products’ table provides fields to capture information regarding the by products that may

be produced from the manufacture of the respective chemical or polym er. To populate the table, c lick the ‘ Search SRS’ button to access the ‘Search SRS ’ pop -up window and populate the table . You will also be able to enter data and attach documents for the ‘By products’ section. You may associate a CASRN with a by product (if applicable) and check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim a by product as confidential . A ‘Sy nony ms’ table provides fields to capture the sy nony ms that the respective chemical or poly mer may be referred to in the documentation. A maximum of five sy nony ms can be entered in the table . The chemical sy nony ms will not be populated using the search SRS functionality . You may attach documents associated with the ‘Sy nony ms’ section to provide additional sy nony ms . A ‘Trade Identification’ table provides fields to capture information about the trade names by which the respective chemical or poly mer may be referred in documentation. There is no lim it to the number of trade names that may be added . You may

attach a document associated with the ‘Trade Identification’ section to provide additional trade names if necessary . The ‘Attach Document s ’ pop -up window provides fields to upload documents related to the ‘ Impurities, ’ ‘ By

products, ’ ‘ Sy

nony ms, ’ and/or ‘ Trade Identification ’ section (s) . To add a document, select the section of the page the document is associated with from the ‘Section’ drop down menu, and click the ‘Attach Document’ button. Clicking the ‘Attach Document’ button generates the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop -up window. The system provides a ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the uploaded document as confidential . If you claim a document as CBI, the sys tem requires you to upload the sanitized version of the attached document. If the sanitized version of the document is not provided, the Section 5 Notices and Supports form will fail validation upon navigating away from the ‘Attach Documents’ window . To view or edit previously

attac hed documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the ‘ Attachments ’ table.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 80 The ‘ Attachments ’ table displays the section of the page the document is associated with, the file name and file extension of the docum ent, the document description, the number of pages in the document, and if the document was claimed CBI . Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located under the ‘Actions’ column to delete unwanted documents . Click a file name link in the ‘File Name’ column to generate the ‘ Attach Document s ’ pop - up window to view and/or edit an attached document.  **Impurity:** Displays the name of the impurity. An impurity is a chemical substance that y ou did not intend to be present with y our PMN substance. Your intent is thus the primary determinant as to impurity status. List all known impurities that are present, regardless of their weight percent. List the expected maximum percentage of each impurity and indicate its confidentiality

status. An impurity

may be suggestive of chemi cal precursors or chemical processes. Click the ‘Impurity ’ link to navigate to the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window to edit chemical information for an impurity .  **CASRN:** Displays the Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number for the impurity (if applicable).  **Maximum %:** Displays the maximum percentage for the impurity .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of the impurity by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Action:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire impurity entry permanently

f rom the system . A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Search SRS:**  Click the ‘Search SRS ’ button to generate the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.10**  for further details regarding the search SRS functionality .  **Byproduct Name:** Displays the name of the by product. Describe any b yproducts resulting from the manufacture, processing, use, or di sposal of the new chemical substance. List any by products that you reasonably anticipate will result from the manufacture, processing, use and disposal of the new chemical substance at sites under y our control. Clicking the ‘By product Name’ link generates the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window to view and/or edit b yproduct information . Provide the specific chemical name, CAS numbers if they

can be determined, and the confidential status of the by products formed. If no by p roducts are formed, enter “None ” or leave the section blank .  **CASRN:** Displays the CASRN for the by product (if applicable).  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of the by product by

displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Action:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire by product entry permanently from the system . A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Synonym:** Enter the s yn ony m of the chemical; there is a maximum of five chemical sy nony ms that can be added in the ‘Sy nony ms’ table . Additional sy

nony ms can be provided in an attachment. Sy

nonyms include common chemical names used in scientific or technical literature, and code numbers or code names referenced in the PMN and its attachments. Indicate which s ynonym s may be proprietary

and require CBI protection. Chemical name sy nony ms must be consistent with the chemical structure and thus not misleading. If you add a blank, editable line in this table and click the ‘Next’ button, no error will display indicating that the blank line should be saved or deleted. If text is e ntered in a blank field and you clickTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 81 the ‘Next’ button, the application will save the entered value. If you click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) , edit the entered values and click the ‘Next’ button without saving the changed value, an error will generate .  **CBI:** Ch eck the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Sy nony m’ field set as confidential .  **Action:** Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add a new text field for s ynonym s. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save a chemical sy nony m. Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) that appears after saving to edit a chemical sy

nony m. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a previously added chemical sy nony m.  **Trade Identification:** Enter the trade identification name. Li st any trade name that is used or will be used for the neat chemical substance, whether or not they are registered brands/trademarks. There is no lim it to the number of trade names that can be added . Indicate the CBI status of trade names. If you add a blank, editable line in this table and click the ‘Next’ button, no error will display indicating that the blank line should be saved or deleted. If text is entered in a blank field and you click the ‘Next’ button, the application will save the entered value. If you click the ‘Edit’ icon, change the entered value ( s ) and click the ‘Next’ button without saving the changed value (s) , an error message will generate .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the trade identification section as confidential .  **Action:** Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add a new text field for tr ade identification names. Click the ‘S ave ’ icon ( ) to save a chemical synonym . Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) to edit a chemical s ynonym . Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a previously added trade identification name.  **Section:** Select the section of the pa ge with which the document is associated from the drop down menu . This drop - down menu contains the following values : ‘By products,’ ‘Impurities,’ ‘Sy nony ms,’ and ‘Trade Identification.’ This is a required field.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for further details regarding the attach document functionality .  **Section:** Displays the section of the page with which the document is associated.  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop - up window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the document.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 82 Exhibit 4 - 20 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Additional Chemical I nformation ’ screen ( S croll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 20**  **: Ad**  **ditional Chemical Information Screen**  **(Scr oll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 83 Exhibit 4 - 21 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Additional Chemical I nformation ’ screen ( S croll 2) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 21**  **: Ad**  **ditional Chemical Information Screen**  **(Scr oll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety In formation’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.16 Polymer Identification Information You can access the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen when yo u select the ‘Polym er’ radio button . You can also access this screen b y clicki ng the ‘Poly mer Id entification Information’ link within the navigation tree after selecting the ‘Polymer’ radio button on the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 84 The ‘Poly mer Identification I

nformation’ screen captures information describing the polym er(s) for which the PMN will be filed. This screen will outline the unique chemical properties that show the name, composition , and structure of the poly mer. The s ys tem will provide fields for yo u to identify

several key

aspects concerning a poly mer’s identity . You can create a chemical component by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button , an expandable/collapsible field set generates that contains numerous fields that pertain to the particular polym er. You are able to enter multiple chemical components, each with unique information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button for each chemical y ou wish to identify. For a single component submission, create the field set by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application generates a field set containing numerous fields that captures information pertaining to that particular chemical. For a multi - component submission, click the ‘Add Chemic al Component’ button to create a field set . Multi - component chemical submissions occur when two or more chemicals always generate together in a single pot and are never isolated. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application generates a field set that provides numerous fields to enter information pertaining to that particular chemical. Enter additional chemical components, each with unique identifying information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button for each additional chemi cal that is part of the multi - component mixture. All multi - component chemicals will reside in one chemical folder in the navigation tree. For a consolidated submission, create separate chemical folders by clicking the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link withi n the navigation tree. A form may contain a maximum of six ( 6 ) separate chemical folders.  **Add Chemical Component:** Click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to generate a poly mer identification information expandable/collapsible field set .  **Cancel:** Click th e ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/coll apsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field se ts to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 85  **Search SRS:** Click the button to generate the ‘Search SRS’ pop -up window. Refer to **Sec tion**  **3.10** for additional details regarding the search SRS functionality.  **CASRN:** Displays the CASRN of the chemical identified on the ‘Search SRS’ p op -up window , if applicable .  **Chemical Name:** Displays the name of the chemical that has been identified on the ‘Search SRS’ pop -up window.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to identify the chemical as confidential.  **B.6 Generic chemical name:** Enter the generic name to associate with a chemical. This field displays when ‘Chemical Name’ and ‘CASRN’ are claimed CBI. This is a required field.  **Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service):** Select the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button to identify the ID method as the ‘CAS I nventory Expert Service’ method. Submit a copy

of the identification report obtained from the CAS Inventory Expert Services as an attachment to this notice. For a consolidated submission, each chemical must be ‘Method 1’ except when the submission is pending a Letter of Support for that chemical. Selecting the ‘Method 1 (CAS I nventory Expert Service)’ radio button generates the ‘IES Order #’ field. A single response option in the ‘B.1.c ID Method’ section is required.  **IES Order #**  : Select the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button to generate this field. Enter the Inventory Expert Service (IES) order number. This is a required field.  **Method 2 (Other Method):** Select the ‘Method 2 (Other Method)’ radio button to ide ntify the ID method as ‘Other Method.’ An alternative method of providing a name, such as a Scientific and Technical Information Network (STN) database report or a CAS Client Services report, qualifies as ‘Method 2.’ If the chemical is pending a Letter of Support, the method can only be ‘Method 2.’ A single response option in the ‘B.1.c ID Method’ section is required.  **Section:** Displays the section of the page with which the document will be associated. This drop - down menu contains the following values: ‘Che mical Structure Diagram’ and ‘ID Method.’ It is required that a document be attached for the ID Method.  **Attach Document:** Click the button to generate the ‘Attach Document(s)’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality.  **Section:** Displays the section of the page with which the file is associated.  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file e xtension of a document that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ window.  **Description:** Displays the description of a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages in a document.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or a n ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Save:** Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ button located within the bottom action bar to successfully

save the entered information within the field set be fore being able to navigate away

from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 86 Exhibit 4 - 22 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Poly mer Identification Information ’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 22**  **: Polymer Identification Information**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 87 Exhibit 4 - 23 shows the screen capture of the ‘Polymer Identificati on Information’ screen (Scroll 2 ): **Exhibit 4**  **- 23**  **: Polymer Identificat**  **ion Information Scre en (Scroll 2**  **)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.17 Monomers and Other Reactants You can navigate to the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Poly

mer Identification Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ link within the navigation tree .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 88 The ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen is used to identify the chemical measurements and monomers that make up a poly mer. The screen is divided into two sections to identify different elements describing a polymer: ‘Poly mer Weight Information’ and ‘M onomers and Other Reactants.’ In the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ section, enter the typical weight percent of each monomer or other reactant in the poly mer. Enter the maximum weight percent of each monomer or other reactant that may be present as a res idual in the poly mer as manufactured for commercial purposes. The maximum residual should be less than the typical composition. Do not use p arts p er million (ppm) units (1 ppm = 0.0001 wt%).  **CBI :**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Poly mer Weight Inform ation’ section as confidential .  **Method of Measurement:** Onl y a single response option can be selected for ‘Method of Measurement ;’ valid values include ‘GPC’ and ‘Other (Specify ) . ’ GPC is a well - established method for establishing the number average molecu lar weight ( Mn) and weight fractions below 500 and 1,000 Daltons. I t may not be useful for all poly mer evaluations; however, solubility problems and misleading calibration standards can lead to questionable GPC data. Correction estimates can be documented and presented in cases where onl y a soluble fraction of the poly

mer can be analy

zed. This is a required field.  **Specify other method of measure:**  Enter the method of measurement when you select the ‘Other (Specify

)’ radio button as the method of measurement. This is a required field when the ‘Other (Specify

)’ radio button is selected.  **(i) lowest number avg. molecular weight :**  Enter the lowest number average molecular weight; the entered value must be a positive numerical value and can contain decimal values . This is a required field .  **(ii) max. weight % below 500 molecular weight:** Enter the max imum weight percentage below 50 0 molecular weight; the value entered must be a positive numerical value greater than or equal to zero ( 0 ) , but less than or equal to one hundred ( 100 ) and can contain decimal values . This value must be less than the value specified in the ‘(iii) max . weight % below 1000 molecular weight’ field. This is a required field.  **(iii) max. weight % below 1000 molecular weight:** Enter the max imum weight percentage below 1 , 0 00 molecular weight; the value entered must be a positive numerical value greater than or equal to zero ( 0 ) but less than or equal to one hundred ( 100 ) and can contain decimal values . This value must be greater than or equal to the value specified in the ‘ (ii) max. weight % below 500 molecular weight’ field. This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 89 Exhibit 4 - 24 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Monomers and Other Reactants ’ screen ( S croll 1) :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 24**  **: Monomers and Other Reactants**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 90 Exhibit 4 - 25 shows the screen capture of the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen (Scroll 2):

**Exhibit 4**  **- 25**  **: Monomers and Other Reactants**  **Screen (Scroll 2**  **)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Add Monomer’ button to generate the expandable/collapsible field set. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ link within the navigation tree.  **Add Monomer:** Click the button to generate the monomer expandable/collapsible field set.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 91  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Sea rch**  **SRS:** Click the ‘ Search SRS’ button to generate the ‘ Search S ubstance Registry Services ’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.10**  for additional details regarding the search SRS functionality .  **CAS R** **egistry N**  **um ber**  **:** Displays the CASRN for the specified monomer; this field populates based on information entered on the ‘ Search SRS’ pop -up window. This is a required field.  **Monomer or Other Reactant:** Displays the monomer or other reactant name; this field populates based on information entered on the ‘ Search SRS ’ pop -up window. This is a required field.  **Include in Identity:** Check the ‘Include in Identity’ checkbox to claim the value for ‘Monomer or Other Reactant’ as part of the monomer identification.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the monomer or other reactant name and CASRN as confidential .  **Chemical Name:** Displays the name of the chemical identified on the ‘Search SRS’ pop -up window.  **Typic al Composition:**  Enter the ty pical composition value that a monomer contributes to a poly mer; the value entered must be a positive numerical value greater than zero ( 0 ) and less than or equal to one hundred ( 100 ) and can contain decimal values . If the value entered is less than or equal to ‘2’ a warning will be displayed in the global ‘Validate’ function or during the submission process indicating that the ty pical composition is a value that is less than or equal to 2 percent and asking you whether it should be included in the chemical identity . This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Ty pical Composition’ and ‘Include In Identity’ field s as confidential .  **Maximum Residual:** Enter the maximum residual value . Indi cate the maximum weight percent of each monomer or other reactant that may be present as a residual in the polymer as manufactured for commercial purposes. Enter a percent value less than or equal to the maximum weight, do not use ppm units (1 ppm = 0.0001 wt%). The value entered must be a positive numerical value that is less than or equal to the ty pical composition value. This is a required field .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the ‘Maximum Residual’ field as confidential .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 92  **Save:** Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field set . You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ button located within the bottom action bar to successfully

save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away

from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the document that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop - up window. Click the file name link to navigate to the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop -up window to make any edits .  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document. 4.1.18 Production Volume and Hazard /Safety Information You can navigate to the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety In formation’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information’ screen collects different information regarding a chemical’s production and hazard elements. **Production Volume:** The ‘Production Volume’ section captures information about production for the respective chemical or poly mer for the ‘ Maximum first 12 - month production ’ and the ‘ Maximum 12 - month production .’ The ‘Maximum first 12 - month production’ value should be less than or equal to the ‘Maximum 12 - month production’ value. The maximum volume is up to 100,000,000,000,000 kg/year for either field. The entered value s will automatically display decimal points . D ecimals are allowed up to the milligram (.0000 0 1) . Estimates should be on a 100% new chemical substance basis. Your production volumes should be estimated as accurately as possible, but you are not bound to your estimates unless you check the ‘Binding’ checkbox. In clude amounts you intend to pro duce for export. Provide an estimate of the first 12 months of production and the maximum production volume for an y consecutive 12 - month period during the first three ( 3 ) years of commercial manufacture. You may upload an attachment to enter additional pro duction information. **Hazard Information:** The ‘Hazard Information’ section captures information regarding hazards that the company chooses to disclose. Inorder for EPA to take respirator use into account when evaluating risks posed by a new chemical, the material safety data sheet (MSDS ) for the substance must specify

a respirator that is appropriate for the t yp es of anticipated exposures. For the same reason, all respirators must be certified by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (N IOS H), and be referenced in the MSDS as “NIOSH certified” respirators.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 93 If any type of risk assessment is prescribed to determine personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements, such risk assessment must be performed by a qualified Industrial Hygienist ( IH) or other authorized occupational safet y and health specialist. Engineering controls are the preferred methods for managing workplace exposures to hazards. If these controls are inadequate or lacking, personal protective equipment must be used. For EP A to take glove use into account when evaluating risks posed by a new chemical, the MSDS for the substance must specify gloves that are impervious to the substances of concern, as well as suitable for the type of tasks. Close - fitting goggles or a full - fac e piece facemask are preferred for vapor, mist, or fume exposures, or wherever workplace contaminants can readily byp ass loose - fitting equipment. The information is collected in a file attachment. The system will display instructional text for yo u to identify

which forms should be uploaded . Provide the MSDS for the PMN substance or intermediate or product mixture (that contains it) as an attachment to the PMN. Also , include hazard warning statements or labels, if relevant. The personal protection requirements of the MSDS become integral requirements of a n LVE notice.  **CBI :**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the production volume information as confidential .  **Binding:** Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the production volume information as binding.  **Maximum First 12 -**  **Month Production:** Provide an estimate of the first 12 months of production. The entered value must be a numerical value and must be less than 100,000,000, 000,000 kg/year . This field ac cepts decimals to the milligram and is a required field.  **Maximum 12 -** **Month Production:** Enter the data associated with the production volume. Provide an estimate of the maximum production volume for an y consecutive 12 - month period during the first three (3) years of commercial manufacture. The entered value must be a numerical value and must be less than 100,000,000,000,000 kg/ye ar . This value must be greater than or equal to the ‘Maximum first 12 - month production’ value. This f ield accepts decimals to the milligram and is a required field.  **Binding:** Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the hazard information as binding.  **Section:** Select the section of the page with which the attached document is associated. This drop - down menu c ontains the following value: ‘Production I nformation’ and ‘Hazard In formation.’  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **Section:** Displays the section with which the document is associated.  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop - up window. Click the file name link to navigate to the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window to make any edits.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 94  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 95 Exhibit 4 - 26 shows the screen capture of the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety In formation’ screen:

**Exhibit 4**  **- 26**  **: Production**  **Volume and Hazard**  **/Safety Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Use In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.19 Use Information You can navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 96 The ‘Use Informat ion’ screen is used to capture data about how the new chemical substance is intended to be used b y function and application. “Function” refers to the physical and chemical properties of the substance. “Application” refers to how the substance is used in pa rticular processes or products. When you navigate to the screen, the screen contains instructional text and an ‘Add Use’ button. When y ou click the ‘Add Use’ button, an expandable/collapsible field set will open and display

the ‘Use Information’ fields. Up on saving the entry, the expandable/collapsible field set collapses and displays the ‘Category of Use’ and ‘Production %’ values. You will first enter a description for the ‘Category of Use’ field. Each use will center on the ‘Category of Use’ and the dif

ferent variables surrounding it. The category of use information should be specific enough to allow EPA reviewers to anticipate potential exposure patterns for the new substance (e.g. merely indicating “D ye ” is not sufficient

– is it photographic dye, a re active dyefor nyl on fibers, or a dyeto be incorp orated in a polymer making film? ) . LVE notices limit y

ou to your stated category of use(s), so make sure your description fully encompasses all intended uses for any LVE. When you claim the ‘Category of Use ’ as CBI, you are required to enter a ‘Generic Use Description.’ The generic use descri ption will be available public ly . The table will capture the different elements of use that the PMN form captures. The ‘Production %’ and ‘% in Formulation’ values will be captured to indicate how the product will be used and at what percent in that use . Each use must capture the percent of the production and percent in formulation for each category of use. ‘Production %’ is captured and must equal up to 100% for all use s. The ‘Production %’ value can be declared CBI. The ‘% in Formulation ’ value is captured for a use and can equal up to 100%. The ‘% in Formulation’ field may be claimed as CBI. The ‘ % of substance expected ’ per use is captured for the following categorie s: ‘ Site Limited ,’ ‘ Consumer ,’ ‘ Industrial ,’ and ‘ Commercial . ’ The ‘% of substance expected ’ value must total 100%. The ‘% of substance expected ’ values can be claimed as CBI or listed as binding. These use ty pes are used to determine the risks that the ch emical will place on society.  **Add Use:** Click the ‘Add Use’ button to add a new use information expandable/collapsible field set.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edi ts from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand co rner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field se ts to expand a series of field sets.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 97  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Category of Use:** Enter the category of use for the specific chemical substance by fun ction and application . This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the category of use information as confidential and generate the ‘Generic Use Description’ field . Claiming the ‘Category of Use’ field as CBI and then un - checking the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox generates a confirmation message that all attached documents will be deleted .  **C.2.b. Generic Use Description:**  Enter the generic use description of the chemical . This field is displayed when the ‘Category of Use’ field is claimed CBI. If you claim any category of use description as confidential, enter a generic description of that category. This field is required when the ‘Category of Use’ field is claimed CBI.  **Binding:** Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the category of use information as binding.  **Production %:** Enter an estimate of the percent of total production for the first three years devoted to each category

of use for the specific chemical. The entered value must be a value greater than zero ( 0 ) but less than or equal to one hundred ( 100 ) . This field allows for decimal values. This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Production %’ information as confidential .  **% In Formulation:** Estimate the percent of the new substance as formulated in mixture, suspensions , emulsions, solutions, or gels as manufactured for commercial purposes at sites under your control associated with each category of use. The entered value must be a value greater than zero ( 0 ) but less than or equal to one hundred ( 100 ) . This field allows for decimal values. This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Percentage in Formulation’ information as confidential .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the percentage of substance expected per use information as confidential.  **Binding:** Check the ‘ Binding’ checkbox to claim the percentage of subs tance expected per use information as binding.  **Site Limited % of substance expected per use:** Enter the site limited percentage of substance expected per use for the submitted substance . Blank fields are recognized as zeros. This field allows for decimal values. Break down the use(s) by p ercentage for the indicated end user categories. For example, site - limited means the substance will only be used on the contiguous property unit where manufactured and will not intentionally be removed from the site except for waste disposal.  **Consumer % of substance expected per use:** Enter the consumer percentage of substance expected per use for the submitted substance . Blank fields are recognized as zeros. This field allows for decimal values. Break down the use(s) by percentage for the indicated end user categories. Consumer use means that private individuals will use the chemical substance or products containing the substance for pe rsonal use or enjoy ment.  **Industrial % of substance expected per use:** Enter the industrial percentage of substance expected per use for the submitted substance . Blank fields are recognized as zeros. This fieldTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 98 allows for decimal values. Break down the use( s) by percentage for the indicated end user categories. Industrial use means that the chemical substance or product containing the substance will be used at the locations of other manufacturers or processors.  **Commercial % of substance expected per use:** Enter the commercial percentage of substance expected per use for the submitted substance . Blank fields are recognized as zeros. This field allows for decimal values. Break down the use(s) by p ercentage for the indicated end user categories. Indicate percentage of product volume expected for the listed “use” sectors. Commercial use refers to the chemical substance or product containing the chemical substance being used b y a company to provide a consumer service.  **If you have provided a “**  **consumer ”**  **use, provide details:**  Enter consumer use details. Provide a detail ed description of the use(s) of this chemical substance in consumer products. In addition, include estimates of the concentration of the new chemical substance as expected in consumer products an d describe the chemical reactions by which this substance loses its identity in the consumer product. This is a required field if the ‘Consumer % of substance expected per use ’ field is populated .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the “If you have pro vided a ‘consumer’ use, provide details” information as confidential.  **Production Total:** Displays the total p roduction percentage for all uses. This value must be equal to 100 , unless a J oint PMN or Letter of Support is pending, in which case the total value requirement is not immediately applicable .  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Click the ‘File Name’ link to navigate to the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window to make any edits .  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains.  **CBI:** Indicates the C BI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the document.  **Save:** Click the button to s ave and validate all data entered in the use information expandable/collapsible field set . You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ button located within the bottom action bar to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 99 Exhibit 4 - 27 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Use In formation ’ screen ( S croll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 27**  **: Use**  **Information Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 100 Exhibit 4 - 28 shows the screen capture of the ‘Use I nformation’ screen ( S croll 2): **Exhibit 4**  **- 28**  **: Use Information Screen (Scroll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.20 Physical and Chemical Properties W orksh eet You can navigate to the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Use Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties W orksheet ’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 101 The ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ screen is used to capture optional information about a chemical’s properties. The chemical properties are used by EPA to determine additional safety data about a chemical. The properties are used to determine potential risks and exposures of the chemicals. The properties for a chemical are captured in an expandable/collapsible field set format. The following categories may apply to a chemical: ‘Physical state of a neat substance,’ ‘Vapor Pressure @ temperature,’ ‘ Density /relative density ,’ ‘ Solubility @ temperature ___ solvent ___ ,’ ‘ Solubi lity

in water @ temperature ___,’ ‘ Melting temperature ,’ ‘ Boiling/sublimation temperature @ ____ torr pressure ,’ ‘ Spectra ,’ ‘ Dissociation constant ,’ ‘ Particle size distribution ,’ ‘ Octanol/water partition coefficient ,’ ‘ Henry ’s Law constant ,’ ‘ Volatilization from water ,’ ‘ Volatilization from soil ,’ ‘ pH @ concentration ___ ,’ ‘ Flammability ,’ ‘ Explodabili ty,’ and ‘Absorption/coefficient.’ All of the properties will capture the relevant values for a chemical. Each property may be claimed individually as CBI. To enter physical/chemical property information , select a phys ical/chemical property from the drop - down menu an d click the ‘Add Property’ button. The expandable/collapsible field set will expand and display

all the fields that should be entered for that propert y. You are then able to enter all relevant information regarding that property . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ sy mbols. When all information is entered, click the ‘Save’ button. Each property may only be entered once per chemical. You may also enter an option for ‘Other.’ The ‘Other’ option will allow yo u to enter a userspecified property and any relevant values. The property will capture the relevant values for the chemical and the property measurement can be identified as ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimate d .’ The ‘Other’ option may

be claimed individually

as CBI. You may

enter multiple prop erties as ‘Other.’ You may upload attachments for the chemical properties on the following screen. EPA’s risk assessment process does utilize physiochemical properties, as some of the attributes listed here can relate directly to chemical risks. Among the most useful parameters of a new substance to EPA are the boiling point, the melting point, vapor pressure, the octanol/water partition coefficient, water solubility, Henry ’s Law Constant, hydrol ys is, spectral data (Mass Spectrometry

( MS ) , proton and C13 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) , In frared ( IR) , and Ultraviolet (UV) absorption), and the soil/sediment absorption coefficient. In the absence of this data, EPA will estimate to the extent possible phy siochemical data to aid in their risk evaluations. Indi cate whether the value you provide is based on an actual test measurement ( Measured) or was estimated (E stimated). Note that EPA staffers indicate that data qualifie rs such as ‘negligible’ or ‘soluble’ are not useful descriptions. You are not required to generate the listed test data if y ou do not have it. Physical/chemical properties data may be so unique that they

could in the future link the PMN substance to a commercial product or may tend to identify

unique classes of chemical substance, and therefore some data elements may represent confidential business information. Review the CBI status of each entry

carefully, and avoid making unsupportable claims .  **Add Property**  **:** Click the ‘ Add Property’ button to add and open a new ‘Property’ expandable/collapsible field set for a selected property .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 102  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expand able/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to co llapse a series of field sets.  **Adsorption /** **C oefficient**  **- Value:**  Enter the adsorption/coefficient value of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘ Adsorption/coefficient’ property is select ed .  **Adsorption /** **C oefficient**  **- Measured or Estimated:**  Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘ Estimated ’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘ Adsorption/coefficient’ property is selected.  **Adsorption /** **C oefficient**  **– CBI:**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ad sorption/coefficient property as confidential .  **Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] t** **orr pressure:** Enter the value of the boiling/sublimation temperature @ _____torr pressure of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] torr pressure’ property is selected.  **Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressu re]**  **t orr pressure**  **– Value**  : Enter the boiling/sublimation temperature in °C of the chemical substance. This is a required field if the ‘Boiling/sublimation temperature’ propert y is selected.  **Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] torr pressure -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated ’ b y selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Boiling/sublimation’ property is selected.  **Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] torr pressure**  **- CBI:**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the boiling/sublimation temperature @ ____ torr pressure property as confidential.  **Density/relative density -**  **Value :**  Enter the density /relative density value of the chemical substance in g/cm3 . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Density/relative density ’ property is selected.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 103  **Density/relative density -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Density /relative density’ property is selected.  **Density/relative density -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the density /relative density property as confid ential.  **Dissociation constant -**  **Value :**  Enter the dissociation constant value of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Dissociation constant’ property is selected.  **Dissociation constant -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measure d’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Dissociation constant’ property is selected.  **Dissociation constant -**  **CB I:**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the dissociation constant property as confidential.  **Explodability -**  **Value:** Enter the explodability value of the chemical substance . This field allows text or numbers to be entered and is also able to accept ‘<’ or ‘> ’ s ymbols . This is a required field if the ‘Explodability ’ property is selected.  **Explodability -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by

selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Explodability ’ property is selected.  **Explodability -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the explodability property as confidential.  **Flam m**  **ability -**  **Value :**  Enter the f lamm ability value of the chemical substance . This field allows text and is also able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols . This is a required field if the flammability property is s elected.  **Flam m**  **ability -**  **Measured or Estimated :**  Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by

selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the flammability property is selected.  **Flam m**  **ability -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the flammability property as confidential.  **Henry’s Law constant -**  **Value:** Enter the Henry ’s law constant value of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Henry ’s Law constant’ property i s selected.  **Henry’s Law constant**  **- Measured or Estimated:**  Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Henry ’s Law constant’ property is selected.  **Henry’s Law CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the Henry ’s Law constant property as conf idential.  **Melting Temperature -**  **Value :**  Enter the melting temperature of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Melting Temperature’ property is selected.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 104  **Melting Temperature -**  **Measured or Estimated:**  Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Melting Temperature’ property is selected.  **Melting Temperature -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CB I’ checkbox to claim the melting temperature property as confidential.  **Octanol/water partition coefficient -**  **Value:** Enter the octanol/water partition coefficient value of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the o ctanol/water partition coefficient property is selected.  **Octanol/water partition coefficient -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop down menu. This is a required field if the o ctanol/water partition coefficient property is selected.  **Octanol/water partition coefficient -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the octanol/water partition coefficient propert y as conf idential.  **Particle size distribution -**  **Value:** Enter the particle size distribution value of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the p article size distribution property is selected.  **Partic le size distribution**  **- Measured or Estimated:**  Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the p article size distribution property is selected.  **Par ticle size distribution**  **- CBI:**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the particle size distribution property

as confidential.  **Physical state of neat substance -**  **Value :**  Select the physical state of a neat substance of chemicals, which can be either a ‘Solid,’ ‘Liquid,’ or ‘Gas.’ This is a required field if the Physical state of neat substance property is selected.  **Physical state of neat substance -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the physical state of neat substance property is selected.  **Physical state of neat substance CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the physical state of neat substance property as confidential.  **PH @ concentration [concentration]:** Enter the PH @ c oncentration. This field allows for text. This is a required field.  **PH @ concentration [concentration] Value:** Enter the PH @ concentration value . This field allows text and is also able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘PH @ concentration [concentration]’ property is selected.  **PH @ concentration [concentration] Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ b y selecting the appropriate value from the drop down menu. This is a required field if the PH @ concentration [concentration] property is selected.  **PH @ concentration [concentration] CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the PH @ concentration property as confidential.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 105  **Solubility @ temperature [temperature]**  **°C :**  Enter the solubility of the chemical substance at a temperature value measured in °C . This field allows text and is also able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ s ymbols . This is a required field.  **Solubility @ temperature solvent:**  Enter the solvent that will be used for the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Solubility

@ temperature [temperature] solvent [solvent] ’ property is selected.  **Solubi lity @ temperature value:**  Enter the solubility of the chemical substance in g/L.  **Solubility @ temperature Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Solubility @ temperature [temperature] solvent [solvent]’ property is selected.  **Solubility @ temperature [temperature] solvent [solvent] CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the solubility @ temperature [temperature] solv ent [solvent] property as confidential.  **Solubility in Water @ temperature:** Enter the s olubility in water at a specific temperature in °C of the chemical . This is a required field if the s olubility in w ater @ temperature property is selected.  **Solubility in Water @ temperature Value:**  Enter the solubility in water of the chemical substance in g/L . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Solubility

in Water @ temperature’ property is selected.  **Solubility in Water @ temperature Measured or Estimated:**  Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop down menu. This is a required field if the s olubility in w ater @ temperature property is selected.  **Solubility in Water @ Temperature CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the solubility in water @ temperature property as confidential.  **Spectra -**  **Value:** Enter the spectra value of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ s ymbols . This is a required field if the spectra property is selected.  **Spectra -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by

selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required fie ld if the ‘S pectra’ property is selected.  **Spectra -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the spectra propert y as confidential.  **Vapor Pressure @temperature [temperature] °C**  : Enter the Vapor Pressure @ Temperature value in °C of the chemical. This is a required field if the property is selected.  **Vapor Pressure @ temperature [temperature] Value** : Enter the value of the Vapor Pressure in torr units of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ sy mbols. This is a required field if the ‘Vapor Pressure @ temperature’ property is selected.  **Vapor Pressure @ temperature [temperature] Measured or Estimated** : Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Vapor Pressure @ temperature’ property is selected.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 106  **Vapor Pressure @ temperature [temperature] CBI** : Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the vapor pressure @ temperature [temperature] propert y as confidential.  **Vola tilizatio**  **n from water Value** : Enter the volatilization from water value of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols . This is a required field if the ‘Volatilization from water’ property is selected.  **Volatilization from water Measur ed or Estimated**  : Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Volatilization from water’ property is selected.  **Volatilization from water CBI** : Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the volatilization from water property as confidential.  **Volatilization from soil Value** : Enter the volatilization from soil value. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ s ymbols. This is a required field if the ‘Volatilization from soil’ property is selected.  **Volatilization from soil Measured or Estimated** : Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘ Volatilization from soil’ property is selected.  **Volatilization from soil CBI** : Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the volatilization from soil property as confidential.  **Other** : Enter any ‘Other’ property that you may specify .  **Other Value** : Enter an ‘Other’ property value. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ sy mbols. This is a required field if the ‘Other’ property was selected.  **Other Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by

selecting the appropriate v alue from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Other’ property is selected.  **Other -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the propert y as confidential.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 107 Exhibit 4 - 29 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet ’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 29**  **: Physical and**  **Chemical Propertie s Worksheet**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 108 Exhibit 4 - 30 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet ’ screen (Scroll 2): **Exhibit 4**  **- 30**  **: Physical and Chemical Properties**  **Worksheet Screen (Scroll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional) ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.21 Physical and Chemical Properties W orksheet – Continued (Optional) You can navigate to the ‘ Physical and Ch emical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 109 screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued ( Optional)’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ screen is used to capture all the studies and particular attachments that refer to the chemical properties captured on the previous screen. When you first access the screen, instructional text , an ‘Attach Document’ button , and an attachments table displays . When you attach a document, the properties that were selected on the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ screen will be listed with checkboxes in the ‘Attach Documents’ window for you to select which properties an attachment is associated with . Check the properties that are relevant to the document , and then select a ty pe and subty

pe value for the document . You wil l be able to attach a document, enter a description of the document , and list the number of page s . The system provides functionality to claim an uploaded document as CBI. If a document is claimed as CBI, the s ys tem requires you to upload the sanitized vers ion of the attached document. To view, open, or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table. The attachment table displays the ‘File Name ,’ ‘Properties,’ ‘ Description ,’ ‘Pages,’ ‘ CBI ,’ and ‘Actions’ columns . Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located under the ‘Actions’ column to delete unwanted documents.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the orig inal file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Click the ‘File Name’ link to navigate to the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window to make any edits.  **Properties:** Displays the chemical properties associated with a document.  **Description:** Di splays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of the document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 110 Exhibit 4 - 31 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 31**  **: Physical and**  **Chemical Properties Worksheet –**  **Continued (Optional) Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Submitter Controlled Site Information ’ screen if you have not identified another chemical . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Controlled Site I nformation’ l ink within the navigation tree. If you would like to add a consolidated chemical , click the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.22 Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach

Documents You can navigate to the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional) Attach Documents ’ window by clicking the ‘ Attach Document ’ button on the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional) ’ screen. When attaching a document , all properties selected on the previous screen will disp lay with checkboxes to allow the properties to which the attachment refer s to be selected . Select the type and subty pe for the attachment and the properties relevant to the document. The document is able to be attached and a description and the number of pages can be entered.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 111 The system allows the uploaded document to be claimed as CBI. If a document is claimed as CBI, the s ys tem requires the sanitized version of the attached document to be uploaded . To access or edit previ ousl y attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table.  **Type :**  Select the document ty pe from the drop - down menu .  **Subtype:** Select the document subty pe from the drop - down menu .  **Chemical Properties:**  Displays the physical and/or chemical properties identified on the previous screen that can be potentially associated with a document. Check the appropriate chemical properties that are associated with a document that is be ing attached. These checkboxes are enabled only if ‘Phys ical Chemical Property’ is selected from the ‘Type’ drop - down menu.  **Attachment:** Displays the ‘Browse’ button to search for and identify documents on your local hard drive to be attached that can be associated with the phy sical/chemical properties identified on the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ screen.  **Description:** Enter the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Enter the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the document as confidential .  **Sanitized Attachment:** Click the ‘Browse’ button to generate the ‘File Upload’ window to search for a particular file on your hard drive. For any att ached document claimed as CBI, yo u are required to attach a sanitized version of the document.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 112 Exhibit 4 - 32 shows the screen capture of the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional) Attach Documents ’ window (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 32**  **: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet**  **– Continued (Optional)**  **At tach**  **Documents Windo w**  **(Scroll 1)**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 113 Exhibit 4 - 33 shows the screen capture of the ‘Phys ical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional) Attach Documents’ window (Scroll 2): **Exhibit 4**  **- 33**  **: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet**  **– Continued (Optional) A**  **ttach Documents Windo** **w (Sc**  **roll 2)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon located in the upper right -hand corner to stop the process of adding document information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save the entered information and navigate back to the ‘Phys ical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 114 4.1.23 Submitter Controlled Site Information You can navigate to the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘ Submitter Controlled Site Information ’ screen captures information about the identification of submitter- controlled sites . The screen first captures specific data for the site by providing a ‘FRS Search’ button to search for a particular site or manually enter a site using the FRS system. You will list all of the sites th at are controlled b y the submitter on this screen. The list will be utilized to select the site(s) for which a particular operation occurs. Enter the details of the operations and chemicals that are tied to the site(s) under the operations folders.  **FRS Se arch:**  Click the button to generate the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.11**  for additional details regarding the FRS search functionality .  **Registry ID:** Displays the registry ID of the site.  **Site Name:** Displays the s ite name of the site.  **Address:** Displays the s ite address of the site.  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire site row permanently f rom the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the site .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 115 Exhibit 4 - 34 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Submitter Controlled Site Information ’ screen:

**Exhibit 4**  **- 34**  **: Submitter**  **Controlled Site Information**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.24 Sites Controlled By Others You can navigate to the ‘ Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Submitter Controlled Site Information ’ screen . You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Sites Controlled By

Others ’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘ Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen captures information about known and/or unknown sites not controlled by

the submitter . Complete the ‘Operations Controlled By Others’ section within the navigation tree for typical processing or use operations involv ing the new chemical substance at sites not controlled by

the submitter. I

mporters do not have to complete this section for operations outside the U.S.; however, y ou must report any

processing or use activities after import. Complete a separate ‘Operations Controlled By Others’ section for each type of processing, or use operation involving the new chemical substance. If the same operation is performed at more than one site, describe the typical operation common to these sites. The screen first captures whe ther there is any data for other controlled sites. If there is no data forTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 116 sites controlled by

others, the screen will not update and the option of selecting the ‘Next’ button is available. If there is data for sites controlled by others, an additional que stion will appear. The screen then captures whether site - specific data for the chemical is known for ‘ Sites Controlled By Others. ’ If you indicate that there is site - specific data by selecting the ‘Yes’ radio button, the screen will generate a ‘List of Sit es Controlled by Others’ table, an ‘FRS Search’ button, a text field to enter the ‘# of unknown sites , ’ and a ‘CBI’ checkbox to clai m the number of unknown sites as confidential. To add specific site information, click the ‘FRS Search’ button and search for a site via FRS . Sites can be searched by ‘EPA Registry ID,’ ‘Facility Name,’ ‘Facility Address,’ ‘City,’ ‘State,’ and/or ‘Postal Code.’ When results are returned, a new site can be added to the table b y selecting a site from the FRS results and clicking the ‘Add FRS Entry ’ button or by

adding a new site through the m anual entry fields. The s ys tem allows each individual site to be claimed as CBI. If there is no site - specific data, the screen will display a text box to enter the number of unknown sites. A list of all sites controlled by others will display

on this screen. The list will be utilized to select the site(s) for which a particular operation/process occurs. The details of the operations and chemicals that are tied to the site(s) under the operatio ns folders will be entered.  **FRS Search:** Click the ‘FRS Search’ button to generate the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.11**  for additional details regarding the FRS s earch functionality .  **Do you have any sites controlled by others**  **for which you have information to report?** : If yo u select ‘Yes’ the screen will display the question ‘Do you have site - specific information?’ If you select ‘No’ only the listed navigation options will display .  **Do you have site -**  **specific information?:** If you select ‘Yes’ the screen will populate wi th information to enter specific site information. If you select ‘No , ’ enter the number of unknown sites .  **EPA Registry ID:**  Displays the registry ID of the site. Click the ‘EPA Registry ID’ link to navigate to the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ pop -up window to make any edits.  **Site Name:** Displays the site name of a site.  **Address:** Displays the address of a site.  **City:** Displays the c ity

of a site.  **State:** Displays the s tate of a site.  **Postal Code :**  Displays the postal code of a site.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a site by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire site row permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the site .  **# of u**  **nknown sites:** Enter the number of unknown sites. This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the number of unknown sites as confidential .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 117 Exhibit 4 - 35 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 35**  **: Sites Controlled By Others**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Add Operation’ link under the ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ folder within the navigation tree to generate the submitter controlled operation screens . You can access the ‘Submitter Operation I nformation’ screen by

clicking the ‘Operation I nformation’ link under the ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ folder within the navigation tree. 4.1.25 Submitter Operation Information You can navigate to the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button fro m the ‘ Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘ Submitter Operation Information’ link under the ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ folder within the navigation tree. You can add sites b y clicking the ‘Add Operatio n’ link within the navigation tree under the ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ folder .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 118 The ‘ Submitter Operation I nformation ’ screen captures information about an operation that occurs at a particular site or group of sites. You are asked a series of quest ions and based on the responses ; information will display to fill out a series of fields about a specific operation. The guided approach is designed to eliminate error s and ensure the completion of all relevant sections for a site. You will be able to ente r an operation alias to identify the operation. Importers are not required to complete this section for operations outside the U.S.; however, any industrial processing or use operation that takes place after import must be described. You will first be asked to select the site(s) and chemical(s) for the operation and will then select the applicable operation type checkboxes. If you select an option other than ‘Use’ for the operation type, you will be asked whether the chemical is manufactured as a ‘batch’ or ‘continuous’ process. Based on the propert y selected, fill in the relevant information. If you select the ‘Use’ operation ty pe, then there will be no further options on this screen. The follow -up screens are used to capture specific information about th e operation type process. The system provides a text box for describing the process description . Additional process information may

also be included in an attachment. I n the process description, include the following information: ( 1) Diagram the major unit operation steps and chemical conversions. In clude interim storage and specify transport containers (e.g. , 5 - gallon pails, 55 - gallon drum, rail car, tank truck, etc.) . (2) Provide the identity, approximate weight (by kg/day or kg/batch on a new chemical substance basis), and entry point of all starting materials, feedstocks (including reactants, solvents, catalysts, etc.), products, recycle streams, and wastes. Include cleaning chemicals (note frequency if not used daily or per batch). ( 3) Identify b y number the points of release, including small or intermittent releases, to the environment of the new chemical substance. If releasing to two media at the same step, assign a second release number for the second medium. You may claim the process descriptio n or attachment as CBI. If an attached document is claimed as CBI, the s ys tem requires a sanitized version of the attached document to be uploaded . To access or edit previously attached documents, click the file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the document table. The document table displays the file name and file extension of the document, the document description , the number of pages in the document, and whether a sanitized copy of the document was attached. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) under the ‘Actions’ column to delete unwanted documents.  **Operation Alias:** Enter the operation alias. This field makes it easier to distinguish between operations when there is more than one operation. This is a required field if the submission is pending a J oint S ubmission or a Letter of Support.  **Add Site:** Select a site from the drop - down menu and click the button to add the site specified on the ‘Submitter Controlled Site I nformation’ screen to the site table.  **Site Name:** Displays the site name .  **Address:** Displays the site address.  **City:** Displays the site city .  **State:** Displays the site state.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 119  **Postal Code :**  Displays the site postal code .  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a site from the table. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the site .  **Consolidated Chemical checkboxes:** Displays all consolidated chemicals in a PMN submission.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the operation ty pe as confidential .  **Manufacturing:** Check the ‘Manufacturing’ checkbox to indicate that manufacturing is taking place at the site. Checking the ‘Manufacturing’ checkbox generates the ‘Is it batch or continuous’ radio buttons.  **Processing:** Check the ‘Processing’ checkbox to indicate that proc essing is taking place at the site. Checking the ‘Processing’ checkbox generates the ‘I s it batch or continuous’ radio buttons.  **Use:** Check the ‘Use’ checkbox to indicate that chemical use is taking place at the site.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the amount and duration information as confidential .  **Is it batch or continuous?** : Select the ‘Batch’ radio button to indicate that the chemical is produced in a batch process. Select the ‘Continuous’ radio button to indicate that the chemical is produced on a continuous basis. Either the ‘Batch’ or ‘Continuous’ radio button is required to be selected.  **Max kg/batch:** Enter the max imum number of kilograms (kg) produced per batch. This field only displays when you select the ‘Batch’ radio button and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.  **Hours/batch:** Enter the hours of manufacturing or processing time needed per batch. This field only displays when yo u select the ‘Batch’ radio button and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.  **Batches/Year:** Enter the number of batches produced per ye ar. This field only displays when yo u select the ‘Batch’ radio button and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.  **Max kg/ D**  **ay:** Enter the max imum number of kg of a chemical produced per day . This field only displays when you select the ‘Continuous’ radio button and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.  **Hours/Day:** Enter the number of hours per day that the chemical is processed or manufactured; this value cannot exceed 24 . This field only displays when you select the ‘Continuous’ radio button an d is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.  **Days/Year:** Enter the number of days per ye ar that the chemical is processed or manufactured ; this value cannot exceed 365 . This field only displays when yo u select the ‘Continuous’ radio button , and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the process description as confidential .  **Process Description:** Enter the process description. Inthe ‘ Process Description ’ text box , or an attachment, addre ss the following items: (1) Diagram the major unit operation steps and chemical conversions. Include interim storage and transport containers (specify

– e.g. , 5 - gallon pails, 55 - gallon drum, rail car, tank truck, etc.) . (2) Provide the identity, theTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 120 appro ximate weight (b y kg/day or kg/batch on a 100% new chemical substance basis), and entry point of all starting materials and feedstocks (including reactants, solvents, catal ys ts, etc.), and of all products, recy cle streams, and wastes. Include cleaning chem icals (note frequency if not used daily

or per batch). (3) Identify b y number the points of release, including small or intermittent releases, to the environment of the new chemical substance. If releasing to two media at the same step, assign a second rel ease number for the second medium. Either this field is required or a document must be attached.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 121 Exhibit 4 - 36 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Submitter Operation Information ’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 36**  **: Submitter Operation Information**  **Screen (Sc**  **roll 1)**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 122 Exhibit 4 - 37 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen (Scroll 2) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 37**  **: Submitter Operation Information Screen**  **(Sc roll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Occupational Exposures ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Occupational Exposures’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.26 Occupational Exposures You can navigate to the ‘ Occupational Exposures ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Submitter Operation Information ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘ Occupational Exposures ’ link within the navigation tree .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 123 Click the ‘Add’ button to generate an expandable/ collapsible field set to enter occupational exposure information. The application displays fields for you to enter information for ‘Worker Category (1) ,’ ‘Worker Activity (1) ,’ ‘Protective Equipment/Engineering Contr ols (3) ,’ ‘Physical Form(s) (5) ,’ ‘% New Substance (5) ,’ ‘# Workers Exposed (8) ,’ ‘Maximum Duration Hours/Day (10) ,’ and ‘Maximum Duration Days/Year (11) .’ EPA is attempting to estimate exposure levels, the number of workers potentially exposed, and possib le routes and duration of exposure to the PMN substance. Work with y our plant engineers to develop accurate data. Review the CBI status of data you provide .  **Add :**  Click the ‘Add’ button to generate the ‘Occupational Exposure

– Submitter Controlled Sites ’ expandable/collapsible field set .  **Worker Category (1)**  **:** Select the category of work from the drop - down menu in which a worker may

be exposed to a chemical substance . This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim worker category informat ion as confidential .  **Worker Activity:** Select the worker activity ( e.g . bag dumping, tote filling, unloading drums, sampling, cleaning, etc.) in which workers may be exposed to a chemical substance . This is a required field.  **Protective Equipment /** **Engineeri ng Controls**  **(3) :**  Enter the protective equipment/engineering controls used to protect workers . This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the protective equipment/engineering controls information as confidential .  **Binding:** Check the ‘ B inding ’ checkbox to claim the protective equipment/engineering c ontrols information as binding.  **Physical Form(s) (5)**  **:** Enter the phys ical forms(s) of the new chemical substance (e.g., solid , crys tal, granule, powder, or dust) and percentage of new chemical substance (if part of a mixture) at the time of exposure. Be as specific as possible on the physical form (e.g., is the PMN substance isolated as a crystalline or amorphous powder, wet cake, flake solid, granular solid, or a fused solid?) . If data on particle size of solids are available, it should be included as an attachment. For wet cakes, a percent moisture estimate may prevent EPA from making an estimate that is too conservative. This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the phy sical form(s) information as confidential .  **Binding:** Check the ‘ B inding ’ checkbox to claim the physical form(s) information as binding.  **% New Substance (5)**  **:** Enter the percentage of new chemical substance (if part of a mixture) at the time of exposure . A value of zero (0) entered in this field will display an error. This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the percentage new substance information as confidential .  **Binding:** Check the ‘ B inding ’ checkbox to claim the percentage new substance information as binding.  **# Workers Exposed (8)**  **:** Enter the number of workers exposed. Estimate the maximum number of all workers involved in each activity for all sites combined. This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 124  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim th e number of workers exposed as confidential .  **Hours/Day (10)**  **:** Enter the maximum duration occupational exposure occurs for the activity for any worker in hours per day ; this field allows decimal values . A value of zero ( 0 ) entered in this field will display

an error. This is a required field.  **Days /** **Year (11)**  **:** Enter the maximum duration occupational exposure occurs for the activity for any worker in days per year ; this field allows decimal values . A value of zero ( 0 ) entered in this field will display

an error. This is a required field.  **Save:** Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Occupational Exposure

– Submitter Controlled Sites ’ field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ button lo cated within the bottom action bar to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 125 Exhibit 4 - 38 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Occupational Exposures ’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 38**  **: Occupational Exposures**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 126 Exhibit 4 - 39 shows the screen capture of the ‘Occupational Exposures’ screen (Scroll 2 ):

**Exhibit 4**  **- 39**  **: Occupational Exposures Screen**  **(Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Environmental Releases ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Environmental Releases’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.27 Environmental Releases You can navigate to the ‘ Environmental Releases ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Occupational Exposures ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Environmental Releases ’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘ Enviro nmental Releases ’ screen captures information about the environmental release and disposal status of a particular site. The information on exposure and environmental release isTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 127 related to the flow diagram/process description on the ‘Submitter Operation In formation’ screen . This page is duplicated and populated for each flow diagram supplied in the PMN (manufacturing, each processing description, and any use diagrams). The information provided should focus on the PMN substance. EPA reviewers pay particula r attention to human exposure and environmental release date under their TSCA mandate to protect against unreasonable risks from new chemical substances. In the absence of this information, EPA will make its own estimates of worker exposure and environment al release, which are usually conservative. You should p resent data that is accurate and as complete as possible . The page displays an ‘Add’ button to add an expandable /collapsible field set to enter ‘Environmental Release and Disposal

– Submitter Control led Sites ’ information. The page displays fields to enter information for ‘Release Number,’ the amount of the new substance released ‘to environment’ and the amount of new substance released ‘to control technology,’ ‘Media of Release,’ ‘C ontrol T echnology D escription , ’ and ‘Release after Control Technology.’ You will be asked to enter information concerning the release to water, such as Publicly Owned Treatment Works ( POTW) , navigable waterways , and other s .  **Add:** Click the ‘Add’ button to g enerate an expandable/collapsible ‘ Environmental Release and Disposal

– Submitter Controlled Sites ’ field set .  **Release Number (1)**  **:** Enter the number of each release point identified in the process description on the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen . This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the release number information as confidential .  **Am ount of new substance released to environment**  **(2a) :**  Enter the amount of new substance released to environment. Release estimates should be consistent with the release levels shown on the preceding flow diagram. Include intermittent release estimates from cleaning of equipment and transportation containers, even if cleaned off - site. Either the ‘Amount of new substance released to environment’ or the ‘Amo unt of new substance released to Control Technology ’ field should be populated.  **Am ount of new substance released to environment kg/batch:**  Select the radio button to claim that the amount of new substance released to the environment is measured in kilo gram s per batch.  **Am ount of new substance released to environment kg/day:**  Select the radio button to claim that the amount of new substance released to the environment is measured in kilograms per day .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the amount of new substance released to environment as confidential .  **Am ount of new substance released to control technology**  **(2b) :**  Enter the amount of new substance released to control technology. Release estimates should be consistent wi th the release levels shown on the proceeding flow diagram. I nclude intermittent release estimates from cleaning of equipment and transportation containers, even if cleaned off- site. Either the ‘Amount of new substance released to environment’ or the ‘Amount of new substance released to Control Technology ’ field should be populated.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 128  **Am ount of new substance released to control technology kg/batch:**  Select the radio button to claim that the amount of new substance released to control technology is measured in kilo grams per batch .  **Am ount of new substance released to control technology kg/day:**  Select the radio button to claim that the amount of new substance released to control technology is measured in kilo grams per day .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the amount of new substance released to control technology

as confidential .  **Media of Release (4)**  **:** Id entify the media of release ( i.e. , stack air, fugitive air, surface water, on - site or off

- site land or incineration, POTW, or other (please specify ) ) to which the new substance will be released from that release point from the drop - down menu . This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the media of release as confidential .  **If Other, specify:** Enter the other media of release when you select ‘Other’ from the ‘Media of Release’ drop - down menu.  **Control Technology Description (5a)**  **:** Enter the control technology description. Describe control technology, if any, and control efficiency used to limit the release of the new substance to the environment. For releases disposed of on land, characterize the disposal method and state whether it is approved for disposal of Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) hazardous waste. For each site , describe any additional disposal methods that wil l be used and whether the waste is subject to secondary or tertiary on - site treatment. Indicate if you want this information to bind. Check the ‘ CBI ’ check box if the information is confidential. This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the control technology description as confidential .  **Binding:** Check the ‘ B inding ’ checkbox to claim the control technology description as binding.  **Release after Control Technology (5b)**  **:** Enter the release after control technology. Estimate the amount released to the environment after control technology (in k ilo grams per day). This is a required field.  **Save:** Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Environmental Release and Disposal

– Submitter Controlled Sites’ fiel d set. You must click the button located within the field set instead of the ‘Save’ button located within the bottom action bar to save the information entered within an expandable/collapsible field set before being able to navigate away from the screen us ing the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the release after control technology as confidential .  **POTW Name:**  Enter the POTW name .  **POTW NPDES**  **# :**  Enter the POTW National Pollutant Discharge Elimination Sy stem (NPDES ) number .  **POTW CBI:**  Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the POTW as confidential .  **Navigable Waterway Name:** Enter the navigable waterway name .  **Navigable Waterway NPDES #:** Enter the navigable waterway NPDES number .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 129  **Navigable Waterway CBI:**  Check the ‘ CBI ’ che ckbox to claim the navigable waterway as confidential .  **Other (Specify) Name:** Enter the name of the other destination of release to water .  **Other (Specify) CBI:**  Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the other destination of release to water as confidential . Exhibit 4 - 40 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Environmental Releases ’ screen (Scroll 1):

**Exhibit 4**  **- 40**  **: Environmental**  **Releases Screen**  **(Scroll 1)**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 130 Exhibit 4 - 41 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Environmental Releases ’ screen (Scroll 2) :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 41**  **: Environmental Releases**  **Screen (Scroll 2)** 

**Na vigation:**  Click the ‘Add Operation’ link under the ‘Operations Controlled by Others’ folder within the navigation tree to generate the screens for an operation controlled by others . Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Industrial Sites Controlled By Others’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.28 Industrial Sites Controlled By Others Click the ‘Add Operation’ link under the ‘Operations Controlled by Others’ folder within the navigation tree to generate the screens for an operation controlled by others. You can navigate to this screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Environmenta l Releases’ screen. You can alsoTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 131 access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘ Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen captures information about activities occurring at a particular site or group of sites . You will be able to enter an operation alias to identify the operation. Importers are not required to complete this section for operations outside the U.S.; however, any industrial processing or use operation that takes place after import must be described. You will first be asked to select the site(s) and chemical(s) for the operation. You will then proceed to the next screen to enter resources concerning the operation. The system provides a field to add an operation process descri ption. The site(s) and chemical(s) for the operation must be identified. The sys tem then navigates to the next screen to enter resources concerning the operation. The screen also displays a field to add an operation process description. I n the operation de scription, include the following information: ( 1) Diagram the major unit operation steps and chemical conversions, including interim storage and specify transport containers (e.g. , 5 - gallon pails, 55 - gallon drums, rail cars, tank trucks, etc . ). On the diagram, identify

b y l etter and briefly describe each worker activity. (2) Either in the diagram or in the text field, provide the identity, the approximate weight (by kg/day or kg/batch, on a 100% new chemical substance basis), and entry point of all feedstoc ks (including reactants, solvents and catalys ts, etc . ), products, recycle streams, and wastes. Include cleaning chemicals (note frequency

if not used daily

or per batch). ( 3) Either in the diagram or in the text field, identify b y number the points of rele ase, including small or intermittent releases, to the environment of the new chemical substance .  **Operation Alias:** Enter the operation alias. This is a required field if the submission is pending a J oint S ubmission or a Letter of Support.  **Add Site:** Select a site from the drop - down menu and click the button to add the site to the sites table.  **Site Name:** Displays the site name.  **Address:** Displays the site address.  **City:** Displays the site city .  **State:** Displays the site state.  **Postal Code :**  Displays the site postal code .  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a site from the table. A warning message confirming deletion of the site displays .  **Consolidated Chemical(s):** Displays all consolidated chemicals in a PMN form.  **Operation Description:** Enter the operation process description. Cover the following items: (1) Diagram the major unit operation steps and chemical conversions, including interim storage and transport containers (specify

– e.g. , 5 - gallon pails, 55 - gallon drums, rail cars, tank tr ucks, etc.). On the diagram, identify b y letter and briefly describe each worker activity. (2) Either in the diagram or in the text field, provide the identity , the approximate weight (by kg/day or kg/batch, on a 100% new chemical substance basis), entry p oint of all feedstocks (including reactants, solvents and catalys ts, etc . ) , all products, recycle streams, and wastes.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 132 In clude cleaning chemicals (note frequency if not used daily

or per batch). (3) Either in the diagram or in the text field, identify by n umber the points of release, including small or intermittent releases, to the environmen t of the new chemical substance . Either this field is required or a document must be attached.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the operation description as confidential .  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additio nal details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the document that was uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pag es:**  Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the document.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 133 Exhibit 4 - 42 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 42**  **: Industrial Sites Controlled By**  **Others Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Exposures /Releases ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Exposures/Releases’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.29 Exposures / Releases You can navigate to the ‘ Exposures /Releases ’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Exposures/Releases ’ link within the navigation tree under the ‘ Operations Controlled By Others ’ folder .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 134 The screen provides buttons to add expandable /collapsible field sets for worker exposure release information and environmental disposal information . The screen displays fields in the worker exposure expandable/collapsible field set to enter information for ‘ Worke r Category (1) , ’ ‘Worker Activity (1) ,’ ‘ # Workers Exposed (2) ,’ ‘Duration of Exposure Hours/Day (4a) ,’ ‘ Duration of Exposure Days/Year (4b) ,’ ‘Protective Equip ment/Engineering C ontrols (6) ,’ ‘ Physical Form(s) (6) ,’ ‘% New Substance (6) ,’ and ‘% in Formulation (7). ’ The screen displays fields in the environmental release expandable/collapsible field set to enter information for ‘Release Number (9) ,’ the amount of the new substance released directly ‘to environment (10a) , ’ the amount of new substance released ‘ into control technology (10b) ,’ ‘Media of Release (12) , ’ and ‘Control Technology (12) .’  **Add:** Click the ‘Add’ button to generate the ‘ Worker Exposure ’ expandable/collapsible field set.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expand able/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to co llapse a series of field sets.  **Worker Category (1)**  **:** Select the worker category of the activity in which workers may

be exposed to the specified substance from the drop - down menu .  **Worker Activity (1)**  **:** Select the worker activity in which workers may be expos ed to the specified substance from the drop - down menu .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the worker category and worker activity

as confidential .  **# Workers Exposed (2)**  **:** Enter an estimate of the number of workers exposed for all sites combined .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the number of workers exposed as confidential .  **Duration of Exposure Hours/Day (4a)**  **:** Enter an estimate of the typical duration of exposure per worker in hours/day . This field allows decimal values.  **Duration of Exposure Da ys/Year**  **(4b) :**  Enter an estimate of the typical duration of exposure per work er in days/ye ar . This field allows decimal values.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the duration of exposure hours/day and days/year as confidential .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 135  **Protective Equipment /** **En gineering Controls**  **(6) :**  Enter a description of any protective equipment and engineering controls, if an y, used to protect workers .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the protective equipment/engineering controls information as confidential .  **Physical Forms**  **(6) :**  Enter a description of physical form s of exposure .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the physical form of exposure information as confidential.  **% New Substance (6)**  **:** Describe percentage new chemical substance (if in mixture).  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the percentage new substance information as confidential .  **% in Formulation (7)**  **:** Estimate the percent of the new substance as formulated when packaged or used as a final product .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the percentage in formulation information as confidential .  **Save:** Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Worker Exposure/Environmental Release

– Sites Controlled by Others ’ expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ button located within the bottom action bar to successfully

save the entered information within the field set before being able t o navigate away

from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 136 Exhibit 4 - 43 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Exposures /Releases ’ screen (Scroll 1):

**Exhibit 4**  **- 43**  **: Exposures**  **/ Releases**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** 

 **Add:** Click the ‘Add’ button to generate the ‘ Environmental Disposal’ expandable/collapsible field set.  **Release Number (9)**  **:** Enter the number of each release point from the process diagram previously

entered .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the release number information as confidential .  **Am t New Substance Released Directly into Environment**  **(10a) :**  Enter an e stimate of the amount of the new substance released directly to the environment in Kg/day or K g/batch .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 137  **Am t New Substa**  **nce Released Directly into Environment kg/day:** Select the ‘ Kg/day ’ radio button to indicate that the amount of substance released into environment measures in kilo grams per day .  **Am t New Substance Released Directly into Environment kg/batch:**  Select the ‘ Kg/batch ’ radio button to indicate that the amount of substance released into environment measures in kilo grams per batch .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the amount new substance released directly into environment as confidential .  **Am t New Substance**  **Released Directly into Control Technology (10b)**  **:** Estimate the amount of the new substance released into control technology in kg/day or kg/batch .  **Am t New Substance Released Directly into Control Technology kg/day:**  Select the ‘ kg/day ’ radio button to indic ate that the amount of substance released into control technology measures in kilo grams per day .  **Am t New Substance Released Directly into Control Technology kg/batch:**  Select the ‘ kg/batch ’ radio button to indicate that the amount of substance released into control technology measures in kilo grams per batch .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the amount new substance released directly into control technology

as confidential .  **Media of Release (12)**  **:** Select a value from the drop - down menu to c apture the media of release. The ‘ Media of Release ’ drop - down menu contains the following values: ‘Fugitive Air,’ ‘Off - Site Incineration,’ ‘POTW,’ ‘Stack Air,’ ‘Surface Water,’ and ‘Other , ’ that will be used to limit the release of the new substance to the envir onment.  **If Other, Specify:** Enter the other media of release.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the media of release as confidential .  **Control Technology (12)**  **:** Enter the control technology , if any, which will be used to limit the release of the new substance to the environment .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim control technology information as confidential .  **Save:** Click the ‘ Save ’ button to save the information entered into the ‘Environmental Disposal ’ expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ button located within the bottom action bar to save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 138 Exhibit 4 - 44 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Exposures /Releases ’ screen (Scroll 2 ):

**Exhibit 4**  **- 44**  **: Exposures**  **/ Releases**  **Screen ( Scroll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ By product Information ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Byproduct Information’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.30 Byproduct Information You can navigate to the ‘ By product Information ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Exposures /Releases ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ By product In formation ’ link under the ‘ Operations Controlled By Others ’ folder within the navigation tree . The ‘ By product Information ’ screen captures b yproducts resulting from a particular site. The system displays fields to enter b yproducts.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 139  **Byproduct:** Enter by

products that may

result from the operation .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim all by products as confidential .  **Actions:** Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save an entered by product. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a b yproduct. Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add a byproduct. Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) to edit a saved b yproduct. Exhibit 4 - 45 shows the screen capture of the ‘ By product Information ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 45**  **: Byproduct Information**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Optional Pollution Prevention ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.31 Optional Pollution Prevention You can navigate to the ‘ Optional Pollution P revention ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ By

product Information ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘ Optional Pollution Prevention ’ link within the navigation tree .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 140 The ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen provides f ields for companies to enter data about their pollution prevention efforts. The compan y has the option of entering information as a free text field or as an attachment. The compan y can claim the information as CBI. The system allows an uploaded document to be claimed as CBI. If a document is claimed as CBI, the s ys tem requires the sanitized version of the attached document to be uploaded . To access or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table. The attachment table displays the file name and file extension of the document, the document description , the number of pages the document contains, and the CBI status of the document. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located within the ‘Actions’ column to delete unwanted documents. You may provide information not reported elsewhere in this form regarding y our efforts to reduce or minimize potential risks associated with activities surrounding manufacturing, processing , use, and disposal of the PMN substance. Include new information pertinent to pollution prevention, including source reduction, recy cling activities and safer processes or products available due to the new chemical substance. Source reduction includes the reduction in the amount or toxicity

of chemical wastes b y technological modification, process and procedure modification, product reformulation, and/or raw materials substitution. Recycling refers to the reclamation of useful chemical components from wast es that would otherwise be treated or released as air emissions or water discharges, or land disposal. Quantitative or qualitative descriptions of pollution prevention, source reduction and recy cling should emphasize potential risk reduction in addition to compliance with existing regulatory requirements. EPA is interested in the information to assess overall net reductions in toxicity or environmental releases and exposures, not the shifting of risks to other media (e.g., air to water) or non - environmental areas (e.g., occupational or consumer exposure). To the extent known, information about the technology

being replaced will assist EPA in its relative risk determination. I n addition, information on the relative cost or performance characteristics of the P MN substance to potential alternatives may

be provided. Describe the expected net benefits, such as: (1) An overall reduction in risk to human health or the environment; (2) A reduction in the generation of waste materials through recycling, source reduction or other means; (3) A reduction in the use of hazardous starting materials, reagents, or feedstocks; (4) A reduction in potential toxicity, human exposure and/or environmental release; or (5) The extent to which the new chemical substance may be a substitute for an exi sting substance that poses a greater overall risk to human health or the environment. EPA strongly encourages submitters to provide pollution prevention data in their notices, as this information assists the Agency in balancing the benefits of a PMN sub stance against its unique risks. While Agency

staffers frequently

receive information on the benefits of the PMN substance with respect to its use(s), data on pollution prevention effects are rarely included. This section should be utilized to indicate to EPA benefits in terms of the raw materials incorporated, the manufacturing process, emission reductions, less toxic waste byproducts, or lower risks upon endTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 141 use and disposal. You should consider the entire life cy cle of the PMN substance in y our evaluatio n. Also consider opportunities for product stewardship or other risk management controls that could significantly reduce risk characteristics of the new substance (e.g., disposal techniques that can be easily implemented and substantially reduce waste toxi city ). Initiatives in the New Chemicals Program such as Environmental Technology Initiative (ETI) for Chemicals, and the Pollution Prevention Recognition Project, are geared towards incorporating this ty pe of information into the Agency ’s risk management decision making and recognizing innovative chemical design or technological innovation that shows potential for environmental and human health benefits. Describe any pollution prevention benefits here, and indicate if this information is confidential business information. Attempt to quantify the expected benefits to the extent possible and avoid exaggeration and highly

speculative statements. The following questions can be used to assess pollution prevention benefits: (1) Are there pollution prevention benefits associated with the new PMN chemical? (2) Does it allow reduction of elimination of (more) toxic solvents? (3) Does it reduce disposal to land, or in safer forms, compared to the chemistry it replaces? (4) Can it be recycled more easily than existing materials? (5) Does your manufacturing process eliminate or reduce the use/release of hazardous substances?  **Please click here**  **to review additional information that should be included on this page:** Clicking the link displays additiona l information regarding the pollution information.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the pollution prevention information as confidential.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Att ach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of a document that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window. Click the file name link to navigate to the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window to make any edits.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 142 Exhibit 4 - 46 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 46**  **: Optional Pollution Prevention**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Additional Attachments ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Attachments’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.32 Additional Attachments You can navigate to the ‘Additional Attachments’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Additional Attachments’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Additional Attachments’ screen provides a table for you to add additional attachments that have not yet been incorporated into the form. This screen is used as a carryover where documents that did not have a suitable place in the application can be up loaded .  **Please click here**  **to view a list of commonly attached documents and where they should**  **be attached :**  Click the link to display a list of documents and where they should be attached .  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 143  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of a document that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **Date:** Displays the date a document was uploaded.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. Exhibit 4 - 47 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Additional Attachments ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 47**  **: Ad**  **ditional A ttachments**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Attachment Summary ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Attachment Summary’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 144 4.1.33 Attachment Summary You can navigate to the ‘ Attachment Summary ’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Additional Attachments ’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘ Attachment Summary ’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘ Attachment Summary ’ screen displays a summary of the documents attached to the PMN form. The attachment table displays the section of the form a document is associated with, file name and file extension of a document, the document description, number of pages in a document , date attached, and whether the document is CBI .  **Section:** Displays the section of the PMN form the document is associated with .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the documents that were uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Description:** Displays the description of a document that was uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages in a document that was uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Date:** Displays the upload date of a document that was uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **CBI:** Indicate s the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 145 Exhibit 4 - 48 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Attachment Summary ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 48**  **: At** **tachment Summary Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Optional Cover Letter ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.34 Optional Cover Letter You can navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Attachment Summary ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen is used to communicate information with EPA that is not collected elsewhere in the form. The cover letter is used to give OPPT resources and special instructions regarding the application.  **Optional Cover Letter:** Enter th e description and any additional special instructions regarding the form.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the information as confidential .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 146 Exhibit 4 - 49 shows the screen capture of the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 49**  **: Optional Cover Letter**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form . Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to perform a global save on the form. Click the ‘ Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to view a PDF preview of the form. Click the ‘ Click the ‘Submit’ icon ( ) located in the bottom a ction bar to begin the submission process . 4.1.35 Upload XML You can access the ‘Upload XML’ screen by clicking the ‘Upload XML’ button within the lower- left side of the bottom action bar. The ‘Upload XML’ screen is used to upload a PMN XML file into a current P MN form for PMN forms with numerous chemicals. You also have the option to export a current PMN form into an XML file using the ‘Export XML’ link.  **Upload XML File :**  C lick the button to generate the ‘File Upload ’ window to search for the ZIP archive file populated with PMN information. The archive file must contain the XML form in a file labeled ‘formdata.xml.’ The application process es the ZIP archive file and displays any applicable error messages .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 147  **Export XML :**  C lick the button to generate the XML file of the current PMN form that a user can download . Exhibit 4 - 50 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Upload XML ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 50**  **: Upload XML**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form . Click the ‘Submit’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to begin the submission process .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 148 

### 5 Create Biotech nology Form The Biotechnology form is used as a way to collect information about “ intergeneric ” microorganisms that will be manufactured or imported into the United States. EPA collects the information provided in a Biotechnology form through a free text box and attachments. The Biotechnology form does not have a structured data format, but there are several t ypes of Biotechnology notices that can be filed. The different ty pes are as follows: ‘ Microbial Commercial Activity

Notice ( MCAN) , ’ ‘ TSC A Experimental Release Application ( TERA) , ’ ‘ Tier I Exemption, ’ ‘ Tier II Exemption, ’ and ‘ Biotechnology Test Market Exemption ( TME ) ’ forms. All the forms have the same upload requirements , and EPA will retain responsibility for verifying the correct information is received. 5.1 Create Biotech nology Form To create a new Biotechnology form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and select ‘Biotechnology ’ from the ‘Form Type’ drop - down menu. Refer to **Section 3.4**  for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Refer to **Section 3.5**  for additional details regarding the create passphrase process. 5.1.1 General Form Information You can access the ‘General Form Information’ screen b y creating a passphrase on the ‘Create Passphrase’ scre en or b y entering a passphrase o n the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen. The ‘General Form Information’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop - down menus for yo u to input identifying information for the specific form . You will have the option to assign a ‘ Form Alias’ b y which you will use to identify the form . A form alias is helpful when a user or company has multiple forms and/or when you must differentiate between forms to the help desk. Upon navigating to the ‘General Form Information’ screen, the sys tem will auto - generate a default alias in the following format: Form T ype - YYYYMM DD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone . Select the submission ty

pe from the ‘Ty

pe of Submission ’ drop - down menu. The ‘ Ty pe of Submission ’ drop - down menu displays the following values :  MCAN (Microbial Commercial Activity Notice)  TERA (TSCA Experimental Release Application)  Tier I Exemption  Tier II Exemption  Biotechnology TME (Text Market Exemption) The system will provide a ‘TS Number’ field for yo u to enter a TS number to tie support documents or J oint S ubmissions to the original Biotechnology form. The TS number must be a six (6) character alphanumeric combination . The TS number should include tw o (2 ) , three ( 3 ) , or four (4 ) letters. Company names, recognizable words , and numerical series are not recommended . The ‘Text/Comments’ text box is required when an attachment is not provided. A ‘CBI’ checkbox is displayed above the ‘Text/Comments’ text box to claim the information as confidential .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 149 The ‘General Form Information’ screen displays the option to attach a document by clicking the ‘Attach Document’ button. For more information regarding the attach document functionality , please refer to **Section 3.9**  .  **Form Alias:**  Enter the form alias. Upon navigating to the screen, the system will auto generate an editable alias comprised of <Form Type - YYYYMMDD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone>. This is a required field.  **Type of Submission:** Select the submission ty pe from the drop - down menu . This drop - down menu contains the following values: ‘ MCAN (Microbial Commercial Activity Notice), ’ ‘ TERA (TSCA Experimental Release Application), ’ ‘ Tier I Exemption, ’ ‘ Tier II Exemption, ’ and ‘ Biotechnology TME (Test Market Exemption) . ’  **TS Number:** Enter the TS number. The TS number can be any six (6) character alphanumeric combination and should include two ( 2 ) , three ( 3 ) , or four (4 ) letters. Company names, recognizable words and numerical series are not recommended. This field is required if ‘MCAN’ is selected from the ‘Type of S ubmission’ drop - down menu, if a L etter of S upport is pending, and/or if a j oint B iotechnology form is being filed.  **Text/Comments:** Enter a description of the form and/or attachment. This field is required if an attachment is not provided.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the ‘ Text/Comments ’ information as confidential .  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Upload attachments including individual toxicity studies, GPC data, spectra, expo sure monitoring evaluations, physical and chemical properties data, Structure - Activity Relationship ( SAR) modeling, test samples characterization data, explanatory comments, etc. Analy tical test s should be provided with their complete data set. For example , provide a GPC test report with time interval data and all graphs. For ease of review, group attachments by ty pe of data, e.g., phys ical/chemical properties, fate information, environmental toxicity , and human health toxicity. Please refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding the attach document process .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of a document that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window.  **Description:** Displays the description of a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Check here if you are filing a consolidated Biotech nology**  **form :**  Check the ‘Check here if yo u are filing a consolidated Biotechnology form’ checkbox to indicate you will be submitting a consolidated form. This field is required if a value is entered in the ‘Number of Microorganisms’ text field .  **Check here if you are filing a joint Biotech nology**  **form :**  Check the ‘Check here if you are filing a joint Biotechnology form’ checkbox to indicate you will be submitting a joint form.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 150  **Check here if you have a Letter of Support pending:** Check the ‘Check here if you have a Letter of Support pending’ checkbox to indicate the form is pending a L etter of S upport .  **Number of Microorganisms:** Enter the number of microorganisms in a consolidated submission ; this value should be a value from two (2) through twent y (20) . This field is required if the ‘Check here if y ou are filing a consolidated Biotechnology form ’ checkbox is checked. Exhibit 5 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen:

**Exhibit 5**  **- 1**  **: General Form Information Screen**  **(Biotechnology )** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 151 **Navigation:** If you are filing a joint Biotechnology form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Joint Submitter I

nformation’ screen. You can also access this scree n b y clicking the ‘Joint Submitter I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree. If you are filing a Letter of Support and not a joint Biotechnology form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I

nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree. If you are not filing either a Letter of Support or a J oint Biotechnology form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. You can also navigate to this screen b y clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. 5.1.2 Joint Submitter Information You can access the ‘ Joint Submitter Information’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Form Information’ screen if you indicate that a j oint Biotechnology form is pending . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘ Joint Submitter In formation’ link within the navigation tree . You may add a maximum of two (2) J oint S ubmissions by clicking the ‘Add Joint Submission’ link within the navigation tree. Click the ‘Remove’ link ( ) within the navigation tree to remove a Joint S ubmission. The ‘Joint Submitter I

nformation’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop - down menus used to enter contact information for the joint submitter who will be submitting separate information for the Biotechnology form. The provided email address will be used to send the joint submitter the unique identification number.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI :**  Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the joint submitter information as confidential . When you claim CBI , you are stating that the information is confidential and should not be released to the public.  **First Name :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s first name. This is a required field.  **Last Name :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s last name. This is a required field.  **Position :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s job title .  **Company Name :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s company name. This is a required field.  **Phone Number :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s U . S . phone number. This is a required field.  **Email Address :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1 :**  Enter the first line mailing address of the joint submitter . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2 :**  Enter the second line of the mailing address of the joint submitter .  **City :**  Enter the U . S . city of the mailing address of the joint submitter . This is a required field.  **State :**  Enter the state of the mailing address of the joint submitter . This is a required field.  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the mailing address of the joint submitter . This is a required field.  **Country :**  Displays ‘United States.’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 152 Exhibit 5 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Joint Submitter I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 5**  **- 2**  **: Joint Submitter Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click th e ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 5.1.3 Joint Submission Information You can access the ‘Joint Submission I n formation’ screen by

clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submitter I

nformation’ screen . You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ screen is used as a communication point between two companies. The ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen presents fields that capture information to pass to the secondary

submitter . A field titled ‘Special Information’ captures information that the primary submitter will send to the secondary submitter in an email. A ‘Unique Identifier for Joint Submissions’ box will also display on this screen. The unique identifier auto - generates when yo u declare a joint submission is es tablished.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 153 **Joint Submission Process:** A ‘Special Information’ field will be used to send information to the joint submitter in an email sent by the primary submitter . When the secondary

submitter accesses the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and creates a new form , the secondary submitter will be prompted to enter the unique identification number on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen . Once the secondary submitter enter s the unique identif ication number , the application will tie the two forms together. Exhibit 5 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Joint Submission I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 5**  **- 3**  **: Joint Submission Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** If you are filing a Letter of Support, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree. If you are not filing a Letter of Support, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. You can also navigate to this screen b y clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 154 5.1.4 Notify Secondary S ubmitter of Joint Submission Information You can access the unique identifier notification pop -up window by clicking the ‘Notify

the Secondary

Submitter of the Joint Submission’ link from the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen. The unique identifier notification pop -up window is used to notify the secondary

submitter of the unique identification number . The unique identifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field to add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and an ‘Additional Comments’ text box.  **From:** Displays the email address of the original submitter.  **CC :**  Contains the email address from CDX registration information, and the editable email address of the technical contact .  **To:** Contains instructional text to enter multiple email addresses. Contains the editable email address of the joint submitter specified on the ‘Joint Submitter I nformation’ screen; this email address will be automatically populated upon navigating to the window.  **Subject:** D isplays ‘YYYY Biotechnology ’ in an editable text field.  **Message:** Displays a pre - determined message that will display in the email sent to a secondary submitter .  **Additional Comments:** Enter any other additional comments or instructions that should be passe d onto the secondary submitter .  **Send:** Click the button to g enerate and send an email to the email addresses identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 155 Exhibit 5 - 4 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification pop -up window :

**Exhibit 5**  **- 4**  **: Unique Identifier Notification Window** 

**Navigatio n:**  Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the Jo int Submitter and navigate back to the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen. Click the ‘X’ button in the upper right -hand corner to cancel the process of notify ing a Joint Submitter and navigate back t o the ‘Joint Submission In formation’ screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 156 5.1.5 Letter of Support Submitter Information You can access the ‘ Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Form Information’ screen if you are not filing a J oint S ubmission . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen if you identified that a J oint S ubmission would be filed . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submi tter Information’ link within the navigation tree when yo u have indicated that a Letter of Support form will be filed. Click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link within the navigation tree to add a Letter of Support. The s ys tem will allow an unlimited number o f Letters of Support to be filed. Remove a Letter of Support by clicking the ‘Remove’ link ( ) within the navigation tree. The ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop - down menus used to enter contact information for the Letter of S upport submitter who will be submitting separate information for the Biotech nology form. The provided email address will be used to send the Letter of S upport submitter the unique identification number to create the Letter of Supp ort at the discretion of the primary submitter .  **Check here to claim this information as CBI :**  Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the L etter of S upport submitter information as confidential . When you claim the Letter of S upport submitter contact information as CBI, yo u are stating that the information is confidential and should not be released to the public.  **First Name :**  Enter the L etter of S upport submitter ’s first name. This is a required field.  **Last Name :**  Enter the L etter of S upport submitter ’s last name. This is a required field.  **Position :**  Enter the L etter of S upport submitter ’s job title .  **Company Name :**  Enter the L etter of S upport submitter ’s company name. This is a required field.  **Phone Number :**  Enter the L etter of S upport submitter ’s phone number. This is a required field.  **Email Address :**  Enter the L etter of S upport submitter ’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1 :**  Enter the first line of the L etter of S upport submitter ’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2 :**  Enter the second line of the L etter of S upport submitter ’s mailing address.  **City :**  Enter the city

of the mailing address of the L etter of S upport submitter . This is a required field.  **S t**  **ate:** Enter the state of the mailing address of the Letter of S upport submitter . This is a required field if the ‘Country ’ field is set to ‘United States.’  **Post al Code**  **:** Enter the postal code of the mailing address for the L etter of S upport submitter . This is a required field.  **Country :**  Select the country of the mailing address for the L etter of S upport submitter . This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 157 Exhibit 5 - 5 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Letter of Support Submitter I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 5**  **- 5**  **: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submission I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 5.1.6 Letter of Support Submission Information You can navigate to the ‘ Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen by clicking th e ‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by

clicking the ‘ Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen is used as a communication point between two companies. The ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen presents fields to enter information to pass to the secondary submitter . A field titled ‘Special I nformation’ will be used to send information in an email to the secondary submitter . A ‘Unique Identifier for Letter of Support Submissions’ box will also display on this screen. The unique identifier will auto - generate when a Letter of Support submission is being established.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 158 **Letter of Support Submission Process:**  A field titled ‘Special Information’ will be used to send information to the Joint Submitter in an email sent at the discretion of the primary submitter . When the secondary

submitter accesses the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms ’ screen and creates a new form , the secondary submitter will be prompted to enter the unique identifier on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen . Once the unique identifier has been entered, the application will tie the two forms together. Exhibit 5 - 6 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Letter of Support Submission Information ’ screen:

**Exhibit 5**  **- 6**  **: Letter of Support**  **Submission Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** C lick the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 159 5.1.7 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information You can access the unique identifier notification pop -up window b y clicking the ‘Notify the Secondary

Submitter of the Letter of Support submission’ link from the ‘Letter of Support Submission I

nformation’ screen. The unique identifier notification pop -up window is used to notify the secondary

submitter of the unique identification number . The unique identifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field to add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and an ‘Additional Comments’ text box.  **From:** Displays the email address of the origin al submitter.  **CC :**  This will automatically populate with the email address from CDX registration information, and the editable email address of the technical contact.  **To:** Contains instructional text to enter multiple email addresses. Contains the editable email address of the joint submitter specified on the ‘Joint Submitter I nformation’ screen; this email address will be automatically populated upon navigating to the window.  **Subject:** Displays ‘YYYY Biotechnology ’ in an editable text field.  **Message:** Disp lays a pre - determined message that will display in the email sent to a secondary submitter .  **Additional Comments:** Enter any other additional comments or instructions that can be passed onto the secondary submitter .  **Send:** Click the button to g enerate and send the email to the email addresses identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 160 Exhibit 5 - 7 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification pop -up window:

**Exhibit 5**  **- 7**  **: Unique Identifier Notification Window** 

**Navigatio n:**  Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the secondary submitter and navigate back to the ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen. Click the ‘X’ in the upper right hand corner to cancel the unique identification number notification process and navigate back to the ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 161 5.1.8 Technical Contact Information You can access the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Form Information’ screen if y ou are not filing a Joint Submission or Letter of Support. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ screen if you are not filing a Letter of Support. You can navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission I nf ormation’ screen by

clicking the ‘Next’ button if y ou are not filing a Joint submission. You can be directed to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen b y clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘ Technical Cont act Information’ screen displays an ‘Add Technical Contact’ button. Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to generate an ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop -up window to enter information into the text fields. The text fields can populate from your CDX registration information by

c licking the ‘ Copy CDX Registration’ button . Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to indicate that the information is confidential and will n ot be released to the public .  **Add Technical Contact:** Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to generate the ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop -up window.  **Last Name:** Displays the last name of the reported technical contact.  **First Name:** Displays the first name of the reported technical contact.  **Address:** Displays the ad dress of the reported technical contact.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of the reported technical contact information by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the technical contact information from the table. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 162 Exhibit 5 - 8 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Technical Contact Information ’ screen:

**Exhibit 5**  **- 8**  **: Technical Contact Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree.  **Copy CDX Registration:** Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to copy your information from CDX registration; a message displays confirming the import of CDX registration information.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the technical contact information as confidential .  **First Name:** Enter the technical contact’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Last Name:** Enter the technical contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration . This is a required field.  **Position :**  Enter the technical contact’s job title.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 163  **Company Name:** Enter the technical contact’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration . This is a required field .  **Phone Number:** Enter the daytime U.S. phone number of the technical contact. If you have clicked the ‘Copy

CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration . This is a required field.  **Email Address:** Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@domain . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the mailing address of the technical contact . If you have clicked the ‘Copy

CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX re gi stration . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the mailing address of the technical contact . If yo u have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration .  **City:** Enter the city

of the mailing address of the technical contact. If yo u have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration . This is a required field .  **State:** Select the state of the mailing address of the technical contact. If yo u have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration . This is a required field .  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the mailing address for the technical contact. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration . This is a required field .  **Country:** Displays ‘United States . ’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 164 Exhibit 5 - 9 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window : **Exhibit 5**  **- 9**  **: Ad**  **d Technical**  **Contact Windo** **w**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Cancel’ button to stop the process of entering technical contact information and navigate back to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. Click the ‘OK’ button to save and populate the entered technical contact information and navigate back to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 165 5.1.9 Optional Cover Letter You can access the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Technical Contact Information’ scree n. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen is used to communicate information to EPA not collected elsewhere in the form. The cov er letter is used to give OPPT resources and special instructions regarding the application ; enter any necessary instructions into the blank text field . The cover letter should be either fully CBI or non - CBIto eliminate user error to promote transparency between the company and EP A.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the cover letter information as confidential. Exhibit 5 - 10 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Optional Cover Letter ’ screen: **Exhibit 5**  **- 10**  **: Optional Cover Letter**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form . Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to perform a global save on the form. Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to view a PDF preview of theTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 166 form. Click the ‘Submit ’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to begin the submission process.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 167 

### 6 Create Notice of Commencement (NOC) Form The NOC form is a form that industry users submit to notify

EPA of when a new chemical or microorganism, submitted under a Biotech nology or PMN form, has already started manufacture or import. A NOC form cannot be submitted before the chemical or microorganism ha s gone through the review period by EPA. The NOC must be submitted within 30 day s after the start date of the first manufacture or import. 6.1 Create NOC Form To create a new NOC form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and select ‘Notice of Commencement (NOC)’ from the ‘Form Ty pe’ drop - down menu. Refer to **Section 3.4**  for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Refer to **Section 3.5**  for additional details regarding the create passphrase process. 6.1.1 General Form Information You can acc ess the ‘General Form Information’ screen b y creating a passphrase on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen or entering a passphrase on the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen. The ‘General Form In formation’ screen provides fields to identify information that notifies EPA of the form alias, case number, and manufacture or import information . The ‘General Form Information’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop - down menus to input information about the originally filed form. The ‘Manufacture/Import I nformation ’ field present s radio buttons for you to state whether the company intends to manufacture or import the new chemical substance. When a manufacture/import radio button is selected, a calendar widget appears to enter the date of commencement.  **Form Alias:**  Captures how the form will be identified. Upon navigating to the screen, the system will auto - generate an editable form alias in the following format: < Form T ype YYYYMMDD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone > . This is a required field.  **Case Number:** Enter the case number pertaining to the reported chemical substance or mixture. The case number must be in the following format: P - XX - XXXX for Premanufacture Notice cases or J - XX - XXXX for MCAN Biotechnology cases . This is a required field.  **First Commercial Manufacture:** Enter the date for the first commercial manufacture. A calendar widget appears when the radio button is selected to select the appropriate date. If yo u select a future date past the current date, an error displays when navigating away from the screen. Either the ‘First Commercial Manufacture’ radio button or the ‘First Commercial Importation’ field is required.  **First Commercial Importation:** Enter the date for the first commercial importation. A calendar widget appears when the radio button is selected to select the appropriate date. If yo u select a future date past the current date, an error displays when navigating away from the screen. Either the ‘First Commercial Manufacture’ or the ‘First Commercial Importation’ field is required.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 168 Exhibit 6 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen: **Exhibit 6**  **- 1**  **: General Form Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. 6.1.2 Technical Contact Information You can access the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘G eneral Form Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘ Techni cal Contact Information’ screen displays an ‘Add Technical Contact’ button. Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to generate an ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop -up window to enter technical contact information into the list of text fields. Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to populate the text fields with your contact information entered during CDX registration. Check the ‘Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the technical contact information as confidential to indicate that the information will not be released to the public .  **Add Technical Contact:** Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to generate the ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop -up window.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 169  **Last Name:** Displays the last name of the reported technical contact.  **First Name:** Displays the first name of the reported technical contact.  **Address:** Displays the address of the reported technical contact.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of the reported technical contact by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the technical contact. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the technical contact. Exhibit 6 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Technical Contact Information ’ screen:

**Exhibit 6**  **- 2**  **: Technic**  **al Contact Information Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Chemical Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Information’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 170 Exhibit 6 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Add Technical Contact ’ window : **Exhibit 6**  **- 3**  **: Ad**  **d Technical Contact**  **Windo w** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Cancel’ button to cancel the process of adding technical contact information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save the entered technical contact information and return to the ‘Technical Contact I nformation’ screen.  **Copy CDX Registration:** Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to import contact information from CDX registration; a confirmation will display .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 171  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI ’ checkbox to claim the technical contact info rmation as confidential .  **First Name:** Enter the technical contact’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Last Name:** Enter the technical contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Company Name:** Enter the technical contact’s company name. If you hav e clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Phone Number:** Enter the daytime U.S. phone number of the technical contact ; this must be at least 10 characters l ong and does not accept dashes . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Email Address:** Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email a ddress must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:**  Enter the second line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **City:** Enter the city

of the mailing address of the t echnical contact. If yo u have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **State:** Select the state of the m ailing address of the technical contact from the drop - down menu . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the mailing address for the technical contact. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Country:** Displays ‘United States.’ 6.1.3 Chemical Information You can access the ‘Chemical I nformation’ scree n by

clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Technic al Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Chemical Information’ screen provides fields to identify the chemical the submitter has begun to manufacture or import. The ‘ Specific Chemical Identity ’ section provides fields to inputTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 172 information describing the chemical for which the NOC is to be filed. This screen outline s the unique chemical properties and displays the name and CASRN of the chemical. If you claim a chemical as CBI , the ‘Generic Chemical Name’ text box generates . A ‘CBI Substantiation’ folder displays within the navigation tree upon navigating away from the screen. If you claim chemical identi ty as confidential, you must provide a generic chemical name for yo ur substance that reveals the specific chemical identity of the new chemical substance to the maximum extent possible.  **Add Chemical Component :**  Click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to generate the ‘Specific Chemical Identity ’ expa ndable/collapsible field set. At least one chemical is required.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify

the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Colla pse All:**  Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Substance Identity Confidentiality Status:** You will only be able to select a single radio button. If you claim the chemical as C BI , after clicking the ‘Save’ button in the ‘Specific Chemical Identity ’ expandable /collapsible field set, the system will enable the first radio button and disable the second and third radio buttons. If you do not claim the chemical as CBI , after clicking the ‘Save’ button in the ‘Specific Chemical Identity ’ expandable /collapsible field set, the system will disable the first radio button and enable the second and third radio button options. This section displays the following options: o I wish to claim the substance identity confidential and the substantiation to support this claim is attached. Failure to submit the required substantiation in accordance with 40 CFR 720.85(b) will result in waiver of y our claim. o I previously claimed the substance identity as confidential and hereb y relinquish that claim. o I did not claim the substance identity as confidential in my original PMN submission.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 173 Exhibit 6 - 4 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Information’ screen: **Exhibit 6**  **- 4**  **Chemical Information Screen** 

 **Search SRS:**  Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to generate the ‘ Search SRS’ window. Refer to **Section 3.10**  for additional details regarding the search SRS functionality .  **CASRN:** Displays the CASRN of the chemical being reported , if applicable .  **Chemical Name:** Displays the chemical name of the substance being reported.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the ‘Specific Chemical Identity’ information as confidential and generate the ‘Generic Chemical Name’ text box. If you claim the chemical as confidential , a ‘CBI Substantiation’ folder displays within the navigation tree after clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Chemical Information’ screen .  **Generic Chemical Name:** Enter the generic name to associate with a chemical. This field displays onl y when the ‘Specif ic Chemical Identity ’ is claimed CBI.  **Save:** Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Specific Chemical Id entity ’ expandable/collapsible field set . You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 174 icon ( ) located within the action bar at the bottom of the screen to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons. Exhibit 6 - 5 show the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Information’ screen

– Chemical Claimed CBI (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 6**  **- 5**  **Chemical Information Screen**  **– Chem**  **ical Claimed CBI**  **(Scroll 1)**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 175 Exhibit 6 - 6 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Information’ screen

– Chemical Claimed CBI (Scroll 2):

**Exhibit 6**  **- 6**  **Chemical Information Screen**  **– Che**  **mical Claimed CBI (Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Submitter Site I nformation’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Site I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 6.1.4 Submitter Site Information You can access the ‘ Submitter Site Information’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from th e ‘Chemical Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘ Submitter Site In formation’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 176 The ‘ Submitter Site I

nformation’ screen identifies the site at which the manufacture or import of the chemical occurs . The system provides fields to enter site identification information in the ‘Site’ table . You are able to enter sites by searching the FRS . To do s o, click the ‘ FRS Search ’ button.  **FRS Search:** Click the ‘FRS Search’ button to generate the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.11**  for additional details regarding the Facility Registry S ys tem search functionality .  **Registry ID:** Displays the EPA registry ID of the site.  **Site Name:** Displays the site name associated with a site.  **Address:** Displays the site address of a site.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a site by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the site row permanently from the system. A confirmation prompt displays to confirm the deletion. Exhibit 6 - 7 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Submitter Site I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 6**  **- 7**  **: Submitter Site Information** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 177 **Navigation:** If you claimed a chemical as CBI , click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ link within the navigation tree. If you did not claim a chemical as CBI, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. 6.1.5 CBI Substantiation Part 1 You can access the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Submitter Site I

nformation’ screen if a chemical was claimed C BIon the ‘Chemical In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen presents substantiation questions that require you to provide answ ers into the text fields as free text or enter ‘ N/A ’ if the question does not apply . The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen consists of questions A th rough D, which read as follows:  **(A) What harmful effects to your competitive position, if any, do you thin**  **k would result if EPA publishes on the**  **I nventory the identity of the chemical substance? How could a**  **competitor use such information given the fact that the identity of the substance otherwise would appear on the inventory of chemical substances with no li**  **nk between the substance and your company or industry? How substantial would the harmful**  **effects of disclosure be? What is the causal**  **relationship between the disclosure and the harmful effects?**  **:** Enter the answer to substantiation question A. This is a req uired field.  **(B) Fo**  **r what period of time should confidential treatment be given? Until a specific date, the occurrence of a specific event, or permanently? Why?**  **:** Enter the answer to substantiation question B. This is a required field.  **(C) Has the chemical**  **substance been patented? If so, have you granted licenses to others with respect to the patent as it applies to the chemical substance? If the chemical**  **substance has been patented and therefore disclosed through the patent ,**  **w hy should it**  **be treated as con fidential for purposes of the**  **I nventory?**  **:** Enter the answer to substantiation question C. This is a required field.  **(D) Has the identity of the chemical substance been kept confidential to the extent that**  **your competitors do not know it is being manufacture d or imported for a commercial**  **purpose by anyone? :**  Enter the answer to substantiation question D. This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 178 Exhibit 6 - 8 show s the screen capture of the ‘ CBISubstantiation Part 1 ’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 6**  **- 8**  **: CB**  **I Substantiation Part 1 Screen ( Scroll 1**  **)**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 179 Exhibit 6 - 9 shows the screen capture of the ‘ CBISubstantiation Part 1 ’ screen (Scroll 2 ):

**Exhibit 6**  **- 9**  **: CBI Su**  **bsta ntiation Part 1**  **Screen ( Scroll 2**  **)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ link within the navigation tree. 6.1.6 CBI Substantiati on Part 2 You can access the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘CB I Substantiation Part 1’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 180 The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen presents substantiation questions that require answers to be entered into the text fields as free text or enter ‘ N/A ’ if the question does not apply . The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen consists of questions E through H, w hich read a s follows:  **(E) Is the fact that someone is manufacturing or importing this chemical substance for**  **commercial purposes available to the public, e.g. in technical journals or other publications; in libraries; or in State, local or Federal agency p**  **ublic files? :**  Captures the answer to substantiation question E. This is a required field.  **(F) What measures have you taken to prevent undesired disclosure of the fact that you**  **are manufacturing or importing this substance for a commercial purpose?** : Capture s the answer to substantiation question F. This is a required field.  **(G) To what extent has the fact that you are manufacturing or importing this chemical**  **substance for a commercial purpose been disclosed to others? What precautions have you taken in regar**  **d to these disclosures? Has this information been disclosed to the public, or to competitors?**  **:** Captures the answer to substantiation question G. This is a required field.  **(H) In what form does this particular chemical substance leave the site of manufactur**  **e, e.g. as part of a product, in effluent or emission stream? If so, what measures have you**  **taken to guard against discovery of its identity? :**  Captures the answer to substantiation question H. This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 181 Exhibit 6 - 10 shows the screen capture of the ‘ CBI Substantiation Part 2 ’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 6**  **- 10**  **: CBI**  **Substantiation Part 2 Screen (**  **Scroll 1 )** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 182 Exhibit 6 - 11 shows the screen capture of the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen (Scroll 2 ):

**Exhibit 6**  **- 11**  **: CBI Substantiation**  **Part 2 Screen**  **( Scroll 2**  **)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ link within the navigation tree. 6.1.7 CBI Substantiation Part 3 You can access the ‘CBI Subst antiation Part 3’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘CB I Substantiation Part 2’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 183 The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen presents substantiation questions that require answers to be entered into the text fields as free text or enter ‘ N/A ’ if the question does not apply . The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen consists of questions I through L, which read as follows:

 **(I) If the chemi cal substance leaves the site of manufacture in a product that is available**  **to either the public or your competitors, can they identify the substance by analyzing the product?**  **:** Enter the answer to substantiation question I . This is a required field.  **(J) Fo r what purpose do you manufacture or import the substance?**  **:** Enter the answer to substantiation question J. This is a required field.  **(K) Has EPA, another Federal agency, or any Federal court made any persistent confidentiality determinations regarding this**  **chemical substance? If so, copies of such determinations must be**  **included in the substantiation.:** Enter the answer to substantiation question K. This is a required field.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window and attach supporting docu mentation for substantiation question K. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding th e attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of p ages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document.  **(L) If the notice includes a health and safe t** **y study concerning the new chemical substance, the submitter must also answer the question in 40 CFR 720.90(b)(2). Persons**  **must answer this question if a health and safety study was provided at any time in the**  **new chemical process.**  **:** Enter the answer to substantiation question L. This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 184 Exhibit 6 - 12 shows the screen capture of the ‘ CBI Substantiation Part 3 ’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 6**  **- 12**  **: CBI Substantiation**  **Part 3 Screen (**  **Scroll 1 )** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 185 Exhibit 6 - 13 shows the screen capture of the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen (Scroll 2) :

**Exhibit 6**  **- 13**  **: CBI Sub**  **stantiation Part 3**  **Screen ( Scroll 2**  **)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Submitter Site Information’ screen if a chemical was not claimed CBI , or the ‘ CBI Substantiation Part 3 ’ screen to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. 6.1.8 Optional Cover Letter If you are not claiming a chemical as CBI on the ‘Chemical Information’ screen, click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Submitter Site Information’ screen to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. If you did claim a chemical as CBI on the ‘Chemical Information’ screen, click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen to navigate to the ‘Optional CoverTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 186 Letter s creen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen is used to communicate information to EPA not collected elsewhere in the form. The cov er letter is used to g ive OPPT resources and special instructions regarding the application. The cover letter should be either full y CBI or non - CBI to eliminate user error and to promote transparency between the company and EPA.  **Check here**  **to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the cover letter as confidential .  **Cover Letter:** Enter any additional information or special instructions associated with the form . Exhibit 6 - 14 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Optional Cover Letter ’ screen: **Exhibit 6**  **- 14**  **: Optional Cover Letter**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form . Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to save the overall form. Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) to generate a PDF preview of the form. Click the ‘Submit ’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to begin the submission process.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 187 

### 7 Create Support Form The Section 5 Notices and Supports application allows support forms to be submitted such as ‘Amendment,’ ‘Correspondence,’ ‘Suspension Request,’ ‘Transfer of Ownership ,’ ‘Withdrawal Requests , ’ and ‘Test Data.’ Support forms are filed separately from PMN forms due to access restrictions and/or to provide information not included in the original PMN. The Support form is used to supplement the original PMN by providing add itional data that was not provided originally, withdraw a PMN application, or provide data that was requested later . 7.1 Create Support Form To create a new Support form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and select ‘Support’ from the ‘Form Type’ drop - down menu. Refer to **Section 3.4**  for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Refer to **Section 3.5**  for additional details regarding the create passphrase process. 7.1.1 General Form Information You can access the ‘General Form Information’ screen b y entering a passphrase in the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen or creating a passphrase on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen . The ‘General Form Information’ screen provides a list of text fields and drop - down menus for yo u to input information about the o riginally filed form.  **Form Alias:**  Captures how the form will be identified. Upon navigating to the screen, the system auto - generate s an editable form alias comprised of < Form T ype - YYYYMMDD HH:MM:SS Time Zone > . This is a required field.  **Case Number:** Enter the case number . The case number must be in one of the following formats: P - XX - XXXX for PMN, SN - XX - XXXX for SNUN, L - XX - XXXX for LVE, LM XX - XXXX for LVE Modifications, X - XX - XXXX for L O REX, XM - XX - XXXX for L O REX Modifications, T - XX - XXXX for TMEA and I - XX - XXXX for Mock PMN. This is a required field.  **TS Number:** Enter the TS number ; this field accepts any six (6) character alphanumeric combination . This value is d etermined b y the company in order to identify the form for both pay ments and connecting related subm issions when additional communications (Letters of Support, J oint S ubmissions and corrections) are sent before a PMN/L VE number has been assigned. The TS number should include two ( 2 ) , three ( 3 ) , or four (4 ) letters. Company names, recognizable words and numerical series are not recommended.  **Original Submission Media Type:** Select the original submission media type from the drop down menu . This field contains the following values: ‘ CD, ’ ‘ Paper, ’ and ‘ eTSCA PMN 1.0 , ’ and helps OPPT locate legacy files . This is a required field.  **Original Submission Date:** Enter the date for the original submission date by clicking the calendar icon , which generates the calendar pop -up window to select the appropriate date.  **Type o f Support:**  Select the ty pe of support from the drop - down menu . This field contains the following values: ‘ Amendment, ’ ‘ Suspension Request , ’ ‘ Test Data, ’ ‘ Transfer of Ownership, ’ ‘ Withdrawal Request, ’ and ‘ Other Correspondence. ’ This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 188  **Check if requested by EPA/Contractor:** Check the ‘ Check if requested by EPA/Contractor’ checkbox to display fields to enter information to identify the requestor that asked you to submit support information.  **Last Name:** Enter the last name of the requestor. This field only display s if the ‘Check if requested b y EPA/Contractor’ checkbox is checked and is required if displayed .  **First Name:** Enter the first name of the requestor. This field only display s if the ‘Check if requested b y EPA/Contractor’ checkbox is checked and is required if displayed .  **EPA/Contractor:** Select a value from the drop - down menu to identify whether the requestor is an EPA official, a c ontractor, or unknown. This drop - down menu contains the following options: ‘EPA,’ ‘Contractor,’ and ‘Unknown.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save an individual EPA/ c ontractor entry . Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) to edit an individual EPA/ c ontractor entry . Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete an individual EPA/ c ontractor entry . Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add another entry to enter EPA/c ontractor information .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the support description or explanation of support as confidential.  **Description or Explanation of Support:** Enter the support description or explanation of support . Either the ‘Description or Explanation of Support’ field is required , or an attached document is required.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window and attach documents describing the Support form. Attachments that are uploaded include individual toxicity studies, GPC data, spectra, exposure monitoring evaluations, physical and chemical properties data, SAR modeling, test samples characterization data, explanatory comments, etc. Analy

tical tests should be provided with their complete data set. For example, provide a GPC test report with time interval data and all graphs. For ease of review, group attachme nts by ty pe of data, e.g., phys ical/chemic al properties, fate information. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of a file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Description:** Displays the description of a file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Subtype:** Displays the subty pe of a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 189 Exhibit 7 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 7**  **- 1**  **: Ge**  **neral Form Information Screen ( Scroll 1**  **)**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 190 Exhibit 7 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen (Scroll 2):

**Exhibit 7**  **- 2**  **: Ge**  **neral Form Information Screen ( Scroll 2**  **)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Original Submitter Information’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Original Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree. 7.1.2 Original Submitter Information You can acces s the ‘Original Submitter I nformation’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Form Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Original Submitter I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 191 The ‘Original Submitte r Information’ screen provides a list of text fields to enter the contact information of the Authorized Official who submitted the original PMN form for whom y ou are filing the Support form .  **Check here to copy your information from CDX Registration :**  Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to import y our CDX registration information. A prompt will generate to confirm the import of registration information.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the original submitter contact information as confidential .  **First Name:** Enter the original submitter’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX regis tration. This is a required field .  **Last Name:** Enter the original submitter’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Position :**  Enter the original submitter’s job title .  **Company Name:** Enter the original submitter’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Phon e Number:**  Enter the original submitter’s day time phone number; U . S . or international. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Email Address:** Enter the original submitter’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the mailing address of the original submitter . If yo u have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **City:** Enter the city

of the mailing address of the original submitter . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **State:** Enter the state of the m ailing address of the original submitter . If yo u have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field if the ‘ Country ’ field is set to ‘ United States . ’  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the mailing address for the original submitter . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 192  **Country:** Select the country of the original submitter from the drop - down menu . If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. Exhibit 7 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Original Submitter I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 7**  **- 3**  **: Original Submitter Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** C lick the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to save the overall form. Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to generate a PDF preview of the form. Click the ‘Submit’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to initiate the submission process.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 193 

### 8 Create Bona Fide Form The purpose of the Bona Fide module is to receive an official determination from EPA as to wheth er a substance is on the TSCA inventory. Submitters may attempt to avoid submitting a PMN by completing a Bona Fide form to establish that the chemical already exists on the inventory . The Bona Fide process is cove red in a thirty (30) day period. 8.1 Create B ona Fide Form To create a new Bona Fide form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and select ‘Bona Fide’ from the ‘Form Ty pe’ drop - down menu. Refer to **Section 3.4**  for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Refer **to Section 3.5**  for additional details regarding the create passphrase process. 8.1.1 General Document Information You can access the ‘General Document Information’ screen b y clicking the ‘Start New Form’ button and creating a new passphrase , or by accessing a Section 5 Notices and Supports Bona Fide form that is ‘In Progress’ and entering the passphrase associated with the selected form . The ‘General Document Information’ screen presents a list of text fi elds and checkboxes for you to input identify

ing information for the specific form. You will have the option to assign a ‘Form Alias’ by which the form can be identified. The form alias is helpful when yo u or the company has multiple forms and/or when you user mu st differentiate between forms to the help desk. If a form alias is not entered, the system will provide a default alias comprised of a form t ype and date and time stamp in the foll owing format: <Form Ty pe - YYYYMM DD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone > . You can claim the entirety of the form as CBI. The entire form will be claimed as CBI if you check the ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI ’ checkbox. The entire form will be considered non - CBI if yo u leave the ‘ I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox unchecked . You can indicate that a technical contact will be identified by checking the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox. The technical contact must possess sufficient knowledge to answer an y questions EPA may have about the chemical reported in the f orm . The application will generate a ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen when you check the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox. You can indicate that a Letter of Support is expected to be filed by a secondary submitter by checking the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox. The Letter of Support shall be submitted by a Secondary

Authorized Official . The Secondary Authorized Official will have a unique identification number that will link the forms . The unique identification number will be sent to the Letter of Support submitter, via email. A t submission of the primary Bona Fide form , the unique identification number will link the two forms together. The information submitted in both forms will be kept separate, but linked, by the s ys tem. The Primary

and Secondary

AO will only be able to view information submitted by their own company. You can indicate that yo u are submitting on behalf of another company b y checking the ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company ’ checkbox. The ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company’ screen presents a list of text fields for you to input contact information for the company on whose behalf the form is being made when submitting on b ehalf of another company. The application willTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 194 generate a ‘Submitting on Behalf of Compan y’ screen during the submission process when you check the ‘Submitting on Behalf of Compan y’ checkbox.  **Form Alias:** Enter the form alias. Upon navigating to the screen, the screen will auto generate an editable form alias comprised of <Form Ty pe - YYYYMMDD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone > . This is a required field.  **I claim the entirety of this submission as CBI:** Check the ‘I claim the entirety of th is submission as CBI ’ checkbox to fl ag all data contained within the form as confidential .  **Technical Contact:** Check the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox to generate a ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen for you to enter contact information about the technical contact associated with the reported chemical.  **Letter of Support:** Check the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox to indicate that the form is pending a Letter of Support and to generate the ‘Letter of Support’ folder within the navigation tree. The ‘Letter of Support’ folder contains the following screens: ‘Letter of Support Submitter I

nformation’ and ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation.’  **Submitting on Behalf of Company:** Check the ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company ’ checkbox to indicate that you will be submitting a Bona Fide form on b ehalf of another company. A ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company’ screen will display during the submission process for you to enter information pertaining to the compan y you are submitting on behalf of that will manufacture or import the chemical substance.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 195 Exhibit 8 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Document Information’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 8**  **- 1**  **: General Document Information Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 196 Exhibit 8 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Document Information’ screen (Scroll 2):

**Exhibit 8**  **- 2**  **: General Document Information Screen (Scroll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Primary Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.2 Primary Contact Information You can access the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Document Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Primary Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 197 The data fields on the ‘Prim ary Contact Information’ screen are pre -populated based on information entered during CDX registration. All fields are editable allowing for necessary updates. The ‘Title’ field on this screen is not pre - populated from CDX registration and is a required fi eld . If you checked the ‘ I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen, all entered primary contact information is flagged as CBI. The following fields are captured and display ed from the logged in us er’s CDX registration information:  **Prefix:** Select the primary contact’s prefix from the drop - down menu.  **First Name:** Enter the primary contact’s first name. This is a required field .  **Middle Initial:** Enter the primary contact’s middle initial.  **Last Name:** Enter the primary contact’s last name. This is a required field.  **Suffix:** Select the primary contact’s suffix from the drop - down menu.  **Title :**  Enter the primary contact’s job title. This is a required field.  **Company Name:** Enter the primary contact’s company name.  **Phone Number :**  Enter the primary contact’s day time U.S. phone number; dashes are not allowed. This is a required field.  **Email Address:** Enter the primary contact’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email addre ss format: John.Doe@ABC.com . This is a required field .  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the primary contact’s mailing address. This is a required field .  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the prim ary contact’s mailing address.  **City:** Enter the city

of the primary contact’s mailing address.  **State:** Select the state of the primary contact’s mailing address from the drop - down menu. The state field is required if the user selects ‘United States’ from t he country drop down menu.  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the primary contact’s mailing address. This is a required field .  **Country:** Select the country of the primary

contact’s mailing address . This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 198 Exhibit 8 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 3**  **: Primary Contact Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click th e ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen if yo u checked the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link wit hin the navigation tree. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen if y ou left the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox unchecked on the ‘General Document Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Statement of Intent’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 199 8.1.3 Technical Contact Information If you indicated on the ‘General Document Information’ screen that technical contact information would be provided, then you can navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact I nformation’ link within the navigation tree . The technical contact is a subject matter expert (SME) who is capable of answering questions related to the chemical submitted to EPA within the Bona Fide form . The technical contact does not have to work at the port or site reported on the form but must possess sufficient knowledge to answer EPA’s questions pertaining to the chemical reported in the form . The ‘Technical Contact In formation’ screen is utilized a cross all Section 5 Notices and Supports forms. The text fields on the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen will be blank upon accessing the screen. To add information, you will enter data into the blank text boxes for the listed text fields. If you checked the ‘ I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen, all entered technical contact information will be flagged as CBI.  **Prefix:** Select the technical contact’s prefix from the drop - down menu .  **First Name:**  Enter the technical contact’s first name. This is a required field.  **Middle Initial:** Enter the technical contact’s middle initial.  **Last Name:** Enter the technical contact’s last name. This is a required field.  **Suffix:** Select the technical contact’s suffix from the drop - down menu .  **Title :**  Enter the technical contact’s job title.  **Company Name:** Enter the technical contact’s company name.  **Phone Number :**  Enter the technical contact’s day time U.S. phone number ; dashes are not allowed . This is a required f ield.  **Email Address:** Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@ABC.com . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first l ine of the technical contact’s mailing address.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the technical contact’s mailing address.  **City:** Enter the city

of the technical contact’s mailing address.  **State:** Select the state of the technical contact’s mailing address from the drop - down menu . This is a required field.  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the techn ical contact’s mailing address.  **Country:** Displays ‘United States.’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 200 Exhibit 8 - 4 shows the screen capture of the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen:

**Exhibit 8**  **- 4**  **: Technical Contact Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Statement of Intent’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.4 Statement of Intent You can access the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Primary Contact Information’ if you left the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox unchecked on the ‘General Document Information’ screen or by clicking the ‘Next’ button on the ‘Technical Contact In formation’ screen if yo u checked the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox on the ‘General Document In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Statement of Intent’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 201 The ‘Statement of Intent’ screen requires yo u to indicate whether your intent is t o manufacture or import the chemical substance for which you are requesting a TSCA inventory determination from EPA . You must indicate the activities of ‘Manufacture’ and/or ‘Import’ by checking the provided checkboxes. If yo u indicate that you intend to manufacture the chemical substance, a prompt to identify the ‘Site of Manufacture’ on the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen will display . Similarly, if you indicate that you intend to import the chemical substance, a prompt to identify a ‘Port of Entry ’ on the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen will display . On this screen, you are required to enter the date you expect to submit a Section 5 notification if the result is that the chemical is not found on the inventory. If you checked the ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen, all information entered on the ‘Statement of I ntent’ screen will be flagged as CBI.  **Manufacture:** Check the ‘Manufacture’ checkbox to indicate the chemical substance will be manufactured. Either the ‘Manufacture’ or ‘I mport’ checkbox is required to be checked.  **Import:** Check the ‘Import’ checkbox to indicate the chemical substance will be imported. Either the ‘Manufacture’ or ‘Import’ checkbox is required to be checked.  **Date of expected Section 5 notification if the result is that the chemical is not on the inventory:**  Enter the date when you are e xpecting to submit a Section 5 n otification if the result is that the chemical is not found on the inventory . This data can be entered in any format (i.e. ‘Quarter 1 of 2014,’ ‘10/01/14’). This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 202 Exhibit 8 - 5 shows the screen captur e of the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 5**  **: Statement of Intent Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen if you checked the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ link within the navigat ion tree. 8.1.5 Letter of Support Submitter Information You can access the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Statement of I ntent’ screen if you selected the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen is used to enter contact information regarding the Le tter of Support submitter who will provide additional, separate information regarding the Bona Fide form . The email address provided for the Letter of Support submitter will be used to send the unique identification number , which is used to link the primary and secondary submissions, to the Letter of Support submitter.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 203 If you checked th e ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen, all information entered on the ‘Letter of Support Submitter In formation’ screen will be flagged as CBI.  **Prefix:** Select the Letter of Support submitter’s prefix from the drop - down menu .  **First Name:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s first name. This is a required field.  **Middle Initial:** Enter the Letter of Support sub mitter’s middle initial.  **Last Name:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s last name. This is a required field.  **Suffix:** Select the Letter of Support submitter’s suffix from the drop - down menu .  **Title:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s job title.  **Company Name:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s company name. This is a required field.  **Phone Number:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s U.S. or international day time phone number. Dashes are not allowed in this field. This is a required fiel d.  **Email Address:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@ABC.com . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1 :**  Enter the first line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address.  **City:** Enter the city

of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing addr ess. This is a required field.  **State:** Select the state of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address from the drop down menu . This is a required field when the ‘Country ’ field is identified as ‘United States.’  **Postal Code:** Enter the postal code of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Country:** Select the country of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address from the drop - down menu . This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 204 Exhibit 8 - 6 shows the screen capture of the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 6**  **: Letter of S**  **upport Submitter Information Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submission I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.6 Letter of Support Submission Information You can access the ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen b y clicking the ‘Nex t’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen is used as a communication point between two companies. The ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen displays a comment box for you to enter information that will be passed on to the Letter of Support submitter. A text field will be used to send inform ati on to the Letter of Support s ubmitter in anTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 205 email sent by the primary submitter . A ‘Unique Identification Number for Letter of Support Submissions’ box will also display on this screen. The unique identification number is generated when you declare a Lette r of Support submission is being established. **Letter of Support Submission Process:** When you designate that a Letter of Support submission is being filed, y ou will be asked to enter all the information within the ‘Letter of Support Submission’ folder. The forms from the primary submitter will be linked, but not combined by

the system. When the primary

submitter chooses to notify the Letter of Support submitter of the unique identification number , the system will send an email to the Letter of Support s ubmitter designated on the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen. The email will contain the ‘Unique Identifier Number’ that will link the two forms. When the Letter of Support s ubmitter accesses the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and creates a form to be filed, the user will be prompted to enter the unique identification number on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen. Once the unique identification number has been entered, the s ys tem will link the primary and Letter of Support forms . You may add additional Letters of Support s by

clicking the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link within the navigation tree.  **Letter of Support Submission Information Instructions:** Enter the information that the Primary AO is sending to the Letter of Support s ubmitter.  **Letter of Support Submission Informational Text :**  Displays instructional text provided by OPPT, the unique identifier number generated for the form , and allows you to email the unique identifier number to the Letter of Support submitter by clicking the ‘ Notify

the Secondary

Submitter of the letter of support submission’ link.  **Unique Identification Number:** The unique identification number is a random number auto generated to pass on to the Letter of Support submitter to create a Letter of Support submission.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 2 06 Exhibit 8 - 7 shows the screen capture of the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen:

**Exhibit 8**  **- 7**  **: Letter of Support Submission Information Scree**  **n**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification I nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.7 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of S upport Information You can access the unique identifier notification window by clicking the ‘Notify

the Secondary Submitter of the letter of support submission’ link from the ‘Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen. The unique identifier notific ation window is used to notify the secondary

submitter of the unique identifier number . The unique identifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field for you to add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ fiel d, and an ‘Additional Comments’ text box.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 207  **From:** Displays the email address of the logged in user that created the form .  **CC :**  Contains instructional text for a user to enter multiple email addresses. This will automatically

populate with the email address of the logged in user, and the email address of the technical contact.  **To:** Contains the editable email address of the Letter of Support submitter specified on the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information ’ screen; this email address will be automatically populated upon navigating to the window.  **Subject:** Displays ‘YYYY B ona Fide ’ in an editable text field.  **Message:** Displays a pre - determined message in the email sent to a Letter of Support submitter .  **Additional Comments:** Enter any other additional comments or instructions that can be pas sed onto the Letter of Support s ubmitter.  **Send:** Click the ‘Send’ button to generate and send the email to the email addresses identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 208 Exhibit 8 - 8 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification window:

**Exhibit 8**  **- 8**  **: Unique Identifier Notification Window** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the Letter of Support submitter and navigate back to the ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen. Click the ‘X’ button in the upper right -hand corner to cancel the unique identifier notification proces s.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 209 8.1.8 Chemical Identification Information You can access the ‘ Chemical Identification Information ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Statement of Intent’ screen if y ou left the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox unchecked on the ‘General Document Info rmation’ screen . You can also access the ‘Chemical Identification In formation’ screen from the ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen if you checked the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen. You can also acce ss this screen b y clicking the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Chemical Identification I nformation’ screen identifies the ty pe of chemical the submitter will be entering into the application. You will be able to file a Bona Fide form for a class 1 or 2 chemical substance or a poly mer. Based on your selection, the appropriate screens for the respective chemical will appear. This screen also provides a text field for you to identify an alias for the chemical subst ance. The chemical alias is required if a Letter of Support is being filed.  **Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance :**  Select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical S ubstance’ radio button to indicate that the chemical is a class 1 or 2 substance. If you select the ‘Poly mer’ radio button after initially

selecting the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, the application generates an error message warning you that you will lose all data for this chemical if the chemical ty pe changes. The us er is required to select one of the two radio button options displayed in the ‘Chemical Ty pe’ section.  **Polymer :**  Select the ‘Poly mer’ radio button to indicate that the chemical is a poly mer. If you select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button a fter initially selecting the ‘Poly mer’ radio button, the application generates an error message warning you that you will lose all data for this chemical if the chemical ty pe changes. The user is required to select one of the two radio button options displ ayed in the ‘Chemical Ty pe’ section.  **Chemical Alias:** Enter the chemical alias to associate with a chemical. This is a required field only if a Letter of Support is being filed.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 210 Exhibit 8 - 9 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ screen:

**Exhibit 8**  **- 9**  **: Chemical Identification Information**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** If you selected the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical S ubstance’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen. If y ou selected the ‘Poly mer’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ butto n to navigate to the ‘Poly mer Id entification In formatio n’ screen. 8.1.9 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances If you select ed the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen. The ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen provides fi elds for you to enter information describing the chemical for the Bona Fide which is to be filed , including its name, composition , and structure . You can add a chemical component by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button , an expandable/collapsible field set is generated that contains numerous fields to identify the chemical in question. You will be able to enterTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 211 multiple chemical components, each with unique information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button for each chemical component yo u wish to identify .  **Add Chemical Component:** Click the button to generate the class 1 or 2 chemical su bstances field set.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify

the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link i s displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confi rmation message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/c ollapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Class of Substance:** Inthe section, ‘Class of Substance,’ you identify whether a ‘Class 1’ or ‘Class 2’ chemical substance is being reported. When you select a ‘Class 2’ chemical substance radio button , you are indicating that some portions of the structure may not be known and an additional screen will appear within the navigation tree that provides fields for you to enter information concerning how the chemical was created. If multiple class 2 chemical components are added, one ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen will apply to all chemical components.  **Add Chemical ID:** You can access the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop -up window by clicking the ‘Add Chemical ID’ button within the ‘Chemical Identification Information ’ field set. You can search for the reported chemical(s) either by the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other Sy nony m.’ If you retrieve zero results, the s ys tem provides fields for you to enter the chemical information by

filling in the ‘Chemical Name’ and the ‘Chemical Abstract Services Registry Number’ under the manual entry field set. The system provides functionality to enter the selected chemical b y clicking the ‘OK’ button located at the bottom of the ‘Add Chemical ID’ window.  **Chemical Name:** The s ystem p rovides fields for you to identify the ‘Chemical Name’ and the ‘ CASRN ’ (if available). The system provides functionality for you to search for the chemical substance using the ‘Add Chemical ID’ search or manually enter the chemical information in the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop up.  **ID Method:** The s ys tem shall require that you identify which identification (ID) method was used to determine the chemical identity. When you select ‘Method 1 ( CAS Inventory Expert Service ),’ the s ys tem will generate an ‘Attach IES Rep ort’ button for you to attach an Inventory Exp ert Service (IES) report. If you select ‘Method 1,’ you are required to attach an IES report. You can also select ‘Method 2 (Other Method).’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 212  **Attach IES Report:** To access the ‘Attach IES Report’ pop -up window, click the ‘Attach IES Report’ button that generates within the ‘Chemical Identification Information ’ field set after selecting the ‘Method 1 (CAS I nventory Expert Service)’ radio button. After you attach the document(s), and click the ‘OK’ button, the ‘Att ach IES Report’ pop -up window will close and the document information will be display ed in a table format on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen. The document attachment table displays the file name of the document (s) and the user-provided description of the document (s) . The s ys tem allows you to delete unwanted documents b y clicking the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located under the ‘Actions’ column. To access or edit previously attached documents , you can click the ‘File Name’ l ink under the ‘File Name’ column.  **Molecular Formula:** Enter a molecular formula in a text field using a free text format. This field is optional.  **Chemical Structure Diagram:** The s ys tem allows you to attach a chemical structure diagram. This field is optiona l.  **Attach Chemical Structure:** To access the ‘Atta ch Chemical Structure’ screen, click the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ button within the ‘Chemical Identification Information ’ field set. You can attach the file(s) and enter a description of the document regarding the chemical structure .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ window.  **Description:** Displays the description of the chemical structure  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached chemical structure row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Save:** Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ ic on ( ) located within the bottom action bar to successfully

save the entered information within the field set b efore being able to navigate away

from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons. After the document(s) is /are attached and you have clicked the ‘OK ’ button, the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ pop - up window close s and the document information will be display ed in a table format on the ‘ Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances ’ screen. The attachment table displays the file name of the document and user-provided description of the document. The system allows yo u to delete unwanted documents by clicking the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located under the ‘Actions’ column. To access or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 213 Exhibit 8 - 10 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 8**  **- 10**  **: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 214 Exhibit 8 - 11 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen (Scroll 2): **Exhibi t**  **8 -**  **11 :**  **Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen**  **(Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** If you selected the ‘Class 1’ radio button, click the ‘Save’ button within the expandable/collapsible field, then click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen. If you selected the ‘Class 2’ radio button, click the ‘Save’ button within the expandable/collapsible field set, then clic k the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen. 8.1.10 Class 2 Substances You can navigate to the ‘ Class 2 Substances ’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances ’ screen when you selected the ‘Class 2’ rad io button . You canTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 215 also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Save’ icon ( ) within the action bar and clicking the ‘ Class 2 Substances ’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen provides fields for you to enter in information regardi ng a class 2 chemical substance. A class 2 chemical substance is a substance that may not have a defined chemical structure that has been identified. This screen provides fields for yo u to identify specific elements in the creation of the chemical using th e following fields: ‘Precursor Substances,’ ‘Nature of Reaction,’ and ‘Range of Composition (Optional).’ You will be able to enter precursor substances by s earching SRS or b y the manual entry fields when the substance is not in SRS. The substances will dis play in a table listing the ‘Chemical Name’ and CASRN. The system provides fields for you to capture ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ in text boxes. The text boxes for both ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ can be claimed as CBI.  **Precursor Substances:** This table captures the chemicals identified as immediate precursor substances, along with the respective CASRNs.  **Chemical Name:** Displays the chemical name associated with a precursor substance. Click the ‘Chemical Name’ link to navigate to the ‘Search SRS’ pop -up window for edits.  **CASRN:** Displays the CASRN associated with a precursor substance.  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire chemical row permanently from the system. A warn ing message will display to confirm the deletion of the chemical.  **Nature of Reaction:** Enter the ‘Nature of Reaction’ description. This is a required field.  **Range of Composition:** Enter the ‘Range of Composition’ description.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window and upload a document . Refer to **Section 3.9**  for further details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire document row permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 216 Exhibit 8 - 12 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 8**  **- 12**  **: Class 2 Substances**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 217 Exhibit 8 - 13 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen (Scroll 2):

**Exhibit 8**  **- 13**  **: Class 2 Substances**  **Screen (Scroll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Cl ick the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.11 Polymer Identification Information You can navigate to the ‘Poly mer Identification Information’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ screen when y ou select the ‘Poly

mer’ radio button . You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Polymer Identification In formation’ link within the navigation tree. Click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to create a chemical component. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, an expandable/collapsible field set generates that containsTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 218 numerous fields that pertain to the particular polymer. The system provides numerous fields for yo u to enter multiple chemical components, each with unique information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button for each chemical you wish to identify. For a single component submission, create the field set by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application generates a field set containing numerous fields for you to enter information pertaining to that particular chemical. For a multi - component sub mission, create individual field sets by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Multi - component chemical submissions occur when two or more chemicals always generate together in a single pot and are never isolated. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Co mponent’ button, the application generates a field set containing numerous fields for you to enter information pertaining to that particular chemical. Enter additional chemical components, each with unique identifying information, by clicking the ‘Add Chem ical Component’ button for each additional chemical that is part of the multi - component mixture. All multi - component chemicals will reside in one chemical folder in the navigation tree.  **Add Chemical Component:** Displays the pol ym er identification informatio n field set.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is disp layed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmatio n message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collaps ible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Add Chemical ID:** Click the ‘Add Chemical ID’ button within the poly mer identification information field set to generate the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop -up window . You can search for the reported chemical(s) either b y the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other Synon ym .’ If yo u retrieve zero results, the system provides fields for you to enter the chemical information by filling in the ‘Chemical Name’ and the ‘Chemical Abstract Services Registry Number’ (CASRN) under the manual entry field set. The system provides functionality for you to enter the selected chemical by clicking the ‘OK’ button located at the bottom of the ‘Add Chemical ID ’ window.  **Chemical Name:**  The s ystem provides fields for you to identify the ‘Chemical Name’ and the CASRN (if available). The system provides functionality for you to search for the chemical substance using the ‘Add Chemical ID’ search or manuall y enter the chemical information in the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop up.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 219  **ID Method**  **:** The s ys tem shall require that you identify which identification (ID) method was used to determine the chemical identity. When you select ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service),’ the s ys tem will generate an ‘Attach IES Report’ button for you to attach an IES report. If you select ‘Method 1,’ you are required to attach an IES report. You can also select ‘Method 2 (Other Method).’  **Attach IES Report:** To access the ‘Attach IES Report’ pop -up window, click the ‘Attach IES Report’ button within the poly mer identification information field set after selecting the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button. After you attach the document(s), and click the ‘OK’ button, the ‘Attach IES Report’ pop -up window will close and the document informat ion will be displayed in a table format on the ‘ Poly mer Identification In formation ’ screen. The attachment table displays the file name of the document and the user-provided description of the document. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located under the ‘Action s’ column to delete unwanted documents . To access or edit previously attached documents , click the file name link under the ‘File Name’ column.  **Chemical Structure Diagram:**  The s ys tem allows you to attach a chemical structure diagram. This field is optional .  **Attach Chemical Structure:** To access the ‘Atta ch Chemical Structure’ window , click the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ button within the polymer identification information field set. You can attach the file(s) and enter a description of the document.  **File Name:**  Displays the file name and file extension of the document that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ window.  **Description:** Displays the description of the chemical structure  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached chemical structure row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Save:** Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ i c on ( ) located within the bottom action bar to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away

from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons. After the document is attached and you click the ‘O K ’ button, the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ pop -up window close s and the document information will be display ed in a table format on the ‘ Poly mer Identification Information ’ screen. The attachment table displays the file name of the document and provided de scription of the document. The system provides functionality for you to delete unwanted documents by clicking the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located under the ‘Actions’ column. To access or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 220 Exhibit 8 - 14 shows the screen capture of the ‘Poly mer Identification Information’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 14**  **: Polymer Identification Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Monomers an d Other Reactants’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.12 Monomers and Other Reactants You can navigate to the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Poly

mer Identification Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Monomers an d Other Reactants’ screen is used to identify the chemical measurements and monomers that make up a poly mer. The ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen has an ‘AddTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 221 Monomer’ button that allows you to identify the monomer(s) that make up the poly mer compositi on.  **Add Monomer:** Click the ‘Add Monomer’ button to generate an expandable/collapsible field set.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a fie ld set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Search SRS:** Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to generate the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.10**  for additional details regarding the search SRS functionality.  **CASRN:** Displays the CASRN for the specified monomer; this field populates based on information entered on the ‘SRS Search’ pop -up window. This is a required field.  **Monomer or Other Reactant:** Displays the monomer or other reactant name ; this field populates based on information entered on the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window. This is a required field.  **Include in Identity:** Check the ‘Include in Identity ’ checkbox to claim the value for ‘Monomer or Other Reactant’ as part of the monomer identification.  **Typical Composition:** Enter the ‘T ypical Composition’ value that a monomer contributes to a poly mer; the value entered must be a positive numerical value greater than zero (0) and less than or equal to 100. If the value en tered is less than or equal to ‘2’ a warning will be displayed in the global ‘Validate’ function or during the submission process indicating that the ‘ Ty pical Composition ’ is a value that is less than or equal to 2% and asking the user whether it should be included in the ‘ Chemical Identity. ’ This is a required field.  **Save:** Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ ic on ( ) located within the bottom action bar to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away

from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 222  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file exten sion of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Do cuments’ pop - up window. Click the file name link to navigate to the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window to make any edits.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document. Exhibit 8 - 15 shows the screen capture of the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen:

**Exhibit 8**  **- 15**  **: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 223 8.1.13 Use Information You can navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next ’ button from the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen, from the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen, or from the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen, depending on the choice made on the ‘ Chemical Identification In formation ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Use Information’ screen is used to capture data about the chemical substance’s intended use. When you navigate to the screen, the screen contains a text box with instructional text that reads, ‘How will the substance be used?’ Enter the specific data for the chemical substance and then advance to the next screen.  **How will the substance be used:** Enter the data regarding how the chemical substance is intended to be used. This is a required field. Exhibit 8 - 16 shows the screen capture of the ‘Use I nformation’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 16**  **: Use Information Screen** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 224 **Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Submitter Site I dentification’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.14 Submitter Site Identification You can navigate to the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Use Information’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Site Id entification ’ link within the navigation tree.  The ‘ Submitter Site Identification ’ screen captures information about the identification of the sites of manufacture and/or th e port of entry . The screen captures specific data for the site of manufacture and/or port of entry b y allowing you to search for a particular site using the FRS system. The s ys tem requires you to select from the ‘Site of Manufacture or Import’ drop down m enu when both the ‘Manufacture’ and ‘Import’ checkboxes were checked on the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen. You are also able to enter the site of manufacture and/or the port of entry information. List all of the sites of manufacture and/or the ports of entr y that are controlled by

the submitter on this screen. **FRS Search:** Click the ‘FRS Search’ button to display the ‘Facility

Registry S ys tem Search’ pop - up window. Refer to **Section 3.11**  for additional details regarding the search FRS functionality .  **EPA Registry ID:** Displays the EPA Registry ID of the site and/or port.  **Site of Manufacture or Port of Entry:** Displays the site of manufacture or port of entry depending on the checkboxes the user checked on the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen. This is a required field if the checkboxes were checked.  **Site Name:** Displays the site name of the site or port. This is a r equired field .  **Address:** Displays the address of the site or port. This is a required field .  **City:** Displays the city of the site or port. This is a required field .  **State:** Displays the state of the site or port. This is a required field .  **Postal Code:** Displays the postal code of the site or port. This is a required field .  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire site row permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the site.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 225 Exhibit 8 - 17 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitter Site I dentification’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 17**  **: Submitter Site**  **Identification Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Document Management’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Document Management’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.15 Document Management You can navigate to the ‘Document Management’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Document Management’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Document Management’ screen is used to attach required documents to the electronic form. The user must attach three required documents: ‘Spectrum of Substance,’ ‘Statement of Commercialization,’ and ‘Statement of Research and Development.’ The application also allows the user to attach ‘Oth er’ documents.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop -up window to upload documents . Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 226  **Document Name:** Displays the document name and file extension of the document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Document Type:** Displays the document ty pe associated with the uploaded document.  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire document row permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document . Exhibit 8 - 18 shows the screen capture of the ‘Document Management’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 18**  **: Document**  **Management Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.16 Optional Cover Letter You can navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Document Management ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 227 The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ s creen is used to communicate information with EPA that is not collected elsewhere in the form. The cover letter is used to give EPA resources and special instructions regarding the application.  **Optional Cover Letter:** Enter any additional special instructio ns regarding the form. Exhibit 8 - 19 shows the screen capture of the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 19**  **: Optional Cover Letter Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to save the overall form. Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to generate a PDF preview of the form. Click the ‘Submit’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to initiate the submission process.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 228 

### 9 Create Alternative Control Measures (ACM) Form The Section 5 Notices and Supports application allows alternative control measures (ACM) forms to be submitted. The ACM form is used to report proposed alternative control measur es for published significant new use rules (SNURs) . 9.1 Create Alternative Control Measures Form To create a new ACM form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and select ‘ Alternative Control Measures (ACM) ’ from the ‘Form Type’ drop - down menu. Refer to **Section 3.4**  for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Refer to **Section 3.5**  for additional details regarding the create passphrase process. 9.1.1 Contact Information You can access the ‘ Contact Information ’ screen by entering a passphrase in the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen or creating a passphrase on the ‘Create Passph rase’ screen. The ‘ Contact Information ’ screen provides an ‘Add Contact’ button and a contact information table for you to identify

a point of contact who is working for a U.S. based compan y.  **Form Alias:** Enter an alias to identify how the ACM 721.30 form is differentiated . The system auto - generates a default alias consisting of the form t ype and date stamp in the following format: < Form Ty pe - YYYYMMDD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone> . The form alias is an editable field that may be changed at an y time. This is a required field.  **Add Contact:** Click the button to generate the ‘Add Contact’ window, which allows a user to enter information for a point of contact. At least one contact is required.  **Last Name:** Displays the last name of the contact identified on the ‘Add C ontact’ pop -up window.  **First Name:** Displays the first name of the contact identified on the ‘Add Contact’ pop -up window.  **Address:** Displays the mailing address of the contact identified on the ‘Add Contact’ pop -up window.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a contact by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a contact from the table. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the contact.  **Next:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Attachments’ screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 229 Exhibit 9 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Contact Information’ screen : **Exhibit 9**  **- 1**  **: Contact**  **Information Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Add Contact’ button to begin the process of adding technical contact information. Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘Attachments’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Attachments’ link within the navigation tree.  **Click here to copy your information from CDX Registration :**  Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to populate the fields with y our contact information provided during CDX registration. A prompt will display confirming th e import of CDX registration information.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the contact information as confidential. If the ‘CBI’ checkbox is checked before clicking the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the ‘CBI ’ checkbox will become unchecked upon navigating back to the screen after copying CDX registration information. To claim a contact as confidential, check the ‘CBI’ checkbox after importing CDX registration information.  **First Name:** Enter the contact’s firs t name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Last Name:** Enter the contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Company Name:** Enter the contact’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered du ring CDX registration. This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 230  **Phone Number :**  Enter the contact’s day time phone number ; dashes are not allowed . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Email Address:** Enter the contact’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button , the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with in formation entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **City:** Enter the contact’s U.S. city of the mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **State:** Select the state of the contact’s mailing address from the drop - down menu. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the contact ’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Country:** Displays ‘United States.’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 231 Exhibit 9 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Contact’ window: **Exhibit 9**  **- 2**  **: Ad**  **d Contact Windo w** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Cancel’ button or the ‘X’ icon to stop the process of adding contact information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save the entered contact information and navigate back to the ‘Contact Information’ screen. 9.1.2 Attachments You can access the ‘ Attachments ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ but ton from the ‘ Contact In formation ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘ Attachments ’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘ Attachments ’ screen provides an ‘Attach Document’ button for y ou to upload documentation that fulfills the specif ied requirements, and a text field to provide the 40 Code of Federal Regulations ( CFR) 721 citation to which the documentation refers .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 232  **Attach Document :**  Click the ‘ Attach Document ’ button to attach documents that fulfill the outlined requirements in the instructional text . At least one document is required. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional information regarding the attach document functi onality .  **File Name :**  Displays the file name and file extension of a document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Description :**  Displays the description of a document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Pages :**  Displays the number of pages a document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop up window contains.  **Date :**  Displays the date that a document was uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **CBI :**  Indicates the CBI status of a document uploaded on the ‘Attach Docume nts’ pop -up window by

displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Action :**  Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to remove the attached document row. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the document.  **ACM Citation at 40 CFR 721 :**  Enter the ACM citation reference that the documents uploaded are supporting . This field allows up to seven (7) numerical characters ; letters or other characters are not allowed . This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 233 Exhibit 9 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘Attachments’ screen: **Exhibit 9**  **- 3**  **: At** **tachments Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) in the bottom action bar to validate the form. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) in the bottom action bar to save the overall form. Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) to generate a PDF preview of the form. Click the ‘Submit’ icon ( ) in the bottom action bar to initi ate the submission process.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 234 

### 10 Preview The system provides the option to preview the form at any point during the submission process. Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) , located within the bottom action bar , to see a draft PDF version of the form . A screen will display for you to view either the ‘ Full ’ or ‘ Sanitized ’ version of the PDF differentiated b y buttons . After you choose either the ‘Regular’ or ‘ Sanitized’ PDF, the application generate s a draft watermarked PDF version of the form. Click the ‘Back’ button in the browser to navigate back to the form . The watermark reads ‘Not for Submission’ and displays across each page in the background. The form preview displays the entire form in a printable format. The preview functionality provides the flexibility to track the status of the form and see the entire form in a single viewpoint. Exhibit 10 - 1 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the ACM form: **Exhibit 10**  **- 1**  **: Preview**  **ACM Form**  **Screen**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 235 Exhibit 10 - 2 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the Biotech nology form: **Exhibit 10**  **- 2**  **: Preview** **Biotech nology**  **Form PDF**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 236 Exhibit 10 - 3 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the NOC form: **Exhibit 10**  **- 3**  **: Preview**  **NOC Form**  **PDF**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 237 Exhibit 10 - 4 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the Support form: **Exhibit 10**  **- 4**  **: Preview** **Support Form PDF** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 238 

### 11 Validate You can click the ‘ Validate ’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and Supports form . The ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop -up window displays when yo u click the ‘ Validate ’ icon ( ). The ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop -up window displays a report of all validation errors and warning messages. During the validation process, the application validates each screen of the Section 5 Notices and Supports form to find missing and invalid data. **Validation Errors:**  Errors are denoted by an ‘Error ’ icon ( ) and can be fixed by clicking the error link. The links will display the Screen Title Name ( e.g. , Chemical Identification ) and the associated error . After yo u click a link, the main application screen will display the section where the error occurred so you can easily fix the error . Once you have fixed the error (s) , click the ‘ Validate ’ icon ( ) again to refresh the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop -up window. If the information y ou fixed passes validation, the error will be removed from the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop - up window. You must fix all validation errors in order to submit the form to CDX successfully . **Warning Messages :**  Warnings are denoted b y a ‘ W arning ’ icon ( ) and can be fixed by clicking the warning link. The links will display the Screen Title and the associated warning . After you click a link, the main application screen will display the section where the warning occurred so you can easily fix the warning . Once you have fixed the warning (s) , click the ‘ Validate ’ icon ( ) again to refresh the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ p op -up window. If the information y ou fixed passes validation, the warning will be removed from the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop - up window. You can pass validation and continue to submit a form to CDX with active warning messages. You can close the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop -up window by clicking the ‘ X ’ button located at the top right of the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop -up window .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 239 Exhibit 11 - 1 show s the screen capture for the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop up window:

**Exhibit 11**  **- 1**  **: Section 5 Notices and Supports**  **Valid ation Pop**  **- Up W**  **indow**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 240 

### 12 Submit to EPA via CDX As a Primary

AO, you have the ability to sign and submit a Section 5 Notices and Supports form to EPA via CDX . Y ou can save your form at any p oint during the data entry process. Any assigned Supports for your form cannot submit the Section 5 Notices and Supports form . The save functionality will allow you to return to that same form at any point in the future. Once you complete all required information and correct all items failing validation, the sy stem will allow the Section 5 Notices and Supports form to be successfully submitted. 12.1 Submitting Official Information Click the ‘ Submit ’ icon ( ) that is located in the bottom action b ar of the Section 5 Notices and Supports application to access the ‘ Submitting Official Information ’ screen. This screen onl y displays to a Primary AO upon submission. After clicking the ‘ Submit ’ icon ( ), the s ys tem requires you to review your contact information provided during CDX registration. The system also requires yo u to identify your job title . Click the ‘Home’ button to navigate to the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen. The following statement which displays to the Primary AO and Secondary

AO must be confirmed before the system will allow you to move forward : “Please confirm that you are the legally responsible party from the submitting company.” If you check this checkbox associated with the statement , the application navigates to either the appropriate certification screen or the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) ’ screen. If yo u do not check the checkbox associated with this statement, the application takes you back to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen . A ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ checkbox will be display ed on the screen if you are submitting an amendment . After you check the checkbox, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ screen. The ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ checkbox is only displayed for amendments /revisions /updates/etc. to the original submission.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 241 Exhibit 12 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitting Official Information’ screen:

**Exhibit 12**  **- 1**  **: Submitting Official Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to continue with submitting the form and navigating to the ‘Submission Process: Validation’ screen .  **Submitting On Behalf Of:** This checkbox only displays for amendments/revisions/updates to an original submission.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the submitting official’s information as confidential .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 242  **Please confirm that you are the legally responsible party from the submitting company:** Check the checkbox to confirm that the individual submitting the form has permission to do so.  **First Name:** Displays the first name of the submitting official, which has been pre -populated from CDX registration information.  **Middle Initial:** Displays the middle initial of the submitting official, which has been pre populated from CDX registratio n information.  **Last Name:** Displays the last name of the submitting official, which has been pre -populated from CDX registration information.  **Job Title:** Enter the job title of the submitting official . This is a required field.  **Company Name:** Displays the c ompany name of the submitting official, which has been pre -populated from CDX registration information.  **Phone Number:** Displays the phone number of the submitting official, which has been pre populated from CDX registration information.  **Email Address:** Disp lays the email address of the submitting official, which has been pre populated from CDX registration information.  **Mailing Address 1:** Displays the first line of the mailing address from CDX registration information.  **Mailing Address 2:** Displays the second line of the submitting official’s mailing address , which has been pre -populated from CDX registration information.  **City:** Displays the city of the submitting official’s mailing address, which has been pre populated from CDX registration information.  **State:** Displays the state of the submitting official’s mailing address, which has been pre populated from CDX registration information.  **Postal Code:** Displays the postal code of the submitting official’s mailing address, which has been pre -populated from CDX registration information .  **Country:** Displays the country of the submitting official’s mailing address, which has been pre -populated from CDX registration information. 12.2 Submitting On Behalf Of Click the ‘ Submit ’ icon ( ) that is located in the bottom action b ar of the Section 5 Notices and Supports application to access the ‘Submitting Official Information’ screen. This screen only displays for amendments/revisions/updates/etc . to an original submission . After checkin g the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ checkbox on the ‘Submitting Official In formation’ screen (which is only displayed for amendments /revisions /updates/etc. to an original submission) , you will be taken to the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ screen to enter in the in formation about the company for which you are submitting the form. Click the ‘Home’ button to navigate to the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 243 Exhibit 12 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Submitting On Behalf Of’ screen: **Exhibit 12**  **- 2**  **: Submitting**  **On Behalf Of Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to continue with submitting the form and proceed to the ‘Submission Process: Validation’ screen . Click the ‘Home’ button to navigate back to the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen.  **CBI :**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ information as confidential .  **First Name:** Enter the first name of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form .  **Middle Initial:** Enter the middle initi al of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 244  **Last Name:** Enter the last name of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form .  **Job Title:** Enter the job title of the ‘S ubmitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf yo u are submitting this form .  **Company Name:** Enter the company name of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form .  **Phone Number:** Enter the phone number of the ‘S ubmitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form .  **Email Address:** Enter the email address of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form . The email address must follow the standard em ail address format: John.Doe@abc.com .  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the mailing address of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form .  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the mailing address of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form .  **City:** Enter the city of the mailing address of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting you are submitting this form .  **State:** Enter the state of the mailing address of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form .  **Postal Code:** Enter the postal code of the ‘Submittin g On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form .  **Country:** Enter the country of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf yo u are submitting this form . 12.3 LVE Certification Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Submitting on Behalf Of’ screen to access the ‘LVE Certification’ screen. This screen displays when ‘LVE’ or ‘LVE Modification’ is selected from the ‘T ype of Notice’ drop - down menu on the ‘General Form Information’ screen for a PMN form. If the notice ty

pe is not ‘LVE’ or ‘LVE Modification,’ click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Submission Process: Validation’ screen or a different c ertification screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 245 Exhibit 12 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘ LVE Certification ’ screen: **Exhibit 12**  **- 3**  **: LVE Certification**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ I Certify ’ button to continue with submitting the form and navigate to the ‘Submission Process: Validation’ screen . Click the ‘Cancel’ button to stop the submission process. 12.4 LOREX Certification Click the ‘Next’ button on the ‘Submitting on Behalf Of’ screen to access the ‘LOREX Certification’ screen. This screen displays when ‘L O REX’ or ‘L O REX Modification’ is selected from the ‘Type of Notice’ drop - down menu on the ‘General Form Information’ screen for a PMN form .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 246 Exhibit 12 - 4 shows the screen capture of the ‘LOREX Certification’ screen: **Exhibit 12**  **- 4**  **: LOREX Certification Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ I Certify ’ button to continue with submitting the form and proceed to the ‘Submission Process: Validation’ screen . 12.5 Submission Process: Validation Click the ‘ Submit ’ icon ( ) that is located in the bottom action b ar of the Section 5 Notices and Supports form to begin the submission process and access the ‘ Submission Process: Validation ’ screen. The first step in the submission process will validate the information entered within the Section 5 Notices and Supports form . After a form is validated, the system will g enerate a PDF.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 247 Exhibit 12 - 5 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submission Process: Validation’ screen:

**Exhibit 12**  **- 5**  **: Submission Process: Validation Screen** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 248 Exhibit 12 - 6 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submission Process: PDF Generation’ screen:

**Exhibit 12**  **- 6**  **: Submission Process: PDF Generation Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘View PDF’ button to generate and view a PDF of the form . Click the ‘ Continue ’ button to continue with submitting the form and proceed to the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Certification ’ screen . 12.6 Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR ) Certification Click the ‘ Continue ’ button on the ‘ Submission Process: PDF Generation ’ screen to access the ‘ Cross - Media Elec tronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Certification ’ screen. CROMERR provides the legal framework for electronic reporting under all of EPA’s environmental regulations.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 249 After clicking the ‘ Continue ’ button , the system requires you to certify that the form is CROMERR compliant. A screenshot of the compliancy agreement is shown below in Exhibit 12 - 7 . By clicking the ‘ I Certify ’ button on the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Certification ’ screen, you authenticate all of the information entered in the form . Click the ‘ Cancel ’ button to navigate back to the Section 5 Notices and Supports application. Exhibit 12 - 7 shows the screen capture for the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Certification’ screen: **Exhibit 12**  **- 7**  **: Cross**  **- Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (**  **CROMERR )**  **Certification Screen** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 250 **Navigation:** Click the ‘ I Certify ’ button to continue with submitting the form and proceed to the ‘ CROMERR Login ’ screen . 12.7 Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR ) Login You can access the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Lo gin ’ screen by clicking the ‘ I Certify ’ button on the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Certification ’ screen. To proceed with the submission, log into CDX using the credentials y ou provided during CDX registration:  **Please login with your CDX p assword:**  Enter your CDX registration p assword .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 251 Exhibit 12 - 8 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Lo gin’ screen . **Exhibit 12**  **- 8**  **: Cross**  **- Media Electronic Rep**  **orting Regulation ( CROMERR**  **) Login Screen** 

**Navigation:** Enter your CDX registration password and click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘ CROMERR Security Question ’ screen. 12.8 Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR ) Security Question You can access the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Security Question ’ screen b y entering your CDX registration password on the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Lo gin ’ screen and clicking the ‘ Next ’ button.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 252 The ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Security Question ’ screen randomly selects and displays one of the five CROMERR eSIG - PI N questions you answered on the ‘ 20 - 5 - 1 Question ’ screen during the initial login to CDX. **eSIG -**  **PIN Authorization Code:**  Provide one of the five secret answers to the questions that were pulled from the list of 20 CDX securit y questions. Exhibit 12 - 9 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Security

Question’ screen: **Exhibit 12**  **- 9**  **: Cross**  **- Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (**  **CROMERR )**  **Security Question Screen** 

**Navigation:** Answer the s ecurity question and click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘ Submit to CDX ’ screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 253 12.9 Submit to CDX You can access the ‘ Submit to CDX ’ screen after answering the 20 - 5 - 1 security question on the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Security Question ’ screen and clicking the ‘ Next ’ button. On the ‘ Submit to CDX ’ screen, you will see a certification message. Read the message and acknowledge b y clicking the ‘ Confirm ’ button. Once you have clicked the ‘ Confirm ’ button, yo ur form will be submitted to CDX. This screen is only applicable to the original forms (PMN, NOC, and Biotechnology). This screen will display during the submission process for j oint submissions and Letters of S upport . This screen is not applicable to Support forms and a mendments to original submissions.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 254 Exhibit 12 - 10 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submit to CDX’ screen: **Exhibit 12**  **- 10**  **: Submit to CDX Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Confirm ’ button to navig ate to the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Submission ’ screen. 12.10 Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Submission You can access the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Submission ’ screen b y acknowledging the certification to submit to CDX by clicking the ‘ Confirm ’ button on the ‘Submit to CDX’ screen . On the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Submission ’ screen, you will see a message indicating the form has be en successfully submitted to CDX.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 255 Exhibit 12 - 11 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Submission’ screen: **Exhibit 12**  **- 11**  **: Cross**  **- Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR)**  **Submission Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Finish’ button to navigate back to the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ s creen. Click the ‘Forms’ link or tab to find your locked submission. The ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms ’ screen will display the submission with a ‘Lock’ icon ( ) under the ‘Action’ column and will display a status of ‘Submitted.’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 256 

### 13 Download Copy of Record To download a Copy

of Record , navigate to the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and l ocate a form alias for which you have successfully completed a submission and which has a status of ‘ Submitted . ’ Click the ‘Copy

of Record’ icon ( ) from the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. You will be taken to the ‘ Enter Passphrase ’ screen to login into CDX. The ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen requires you to enter the passphrase originally associated with the form. I f your passphrase is entered correctly , you will be taken to the ‘Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Login’ screen where you are required to enter your credentials you provided during CDX registration . Once you have provided the correct CDX password, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Security Question ’ screen. The ‘Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Security Question ’ screen randomly selects and displays one of the five CROMERR e SIG - PI N questions that you answered on the 20 - 5 - 1 Question screen during CDX registration . Answer the CROMERR security

question and click the ‘ OK ’ button. If your answer was successful , you will be taken to the ‘Download Copy of Record ’ screen .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 257 Exhibit 13 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Download Copy of Record’ screen: **Exhibit 13**  **- 1**  **: Dow**  **nload Copy**  **of Record Screen**

The ‘ Download Copy

of Reco rd ’ screen displays the ‘ File Name ’ and ‘ Action ’ columns in a table format. Click the ‘Copy of Record’ icon ( ) to download the individual files uploaded during the submission process , PDF version of the submission or the XML version of the Section 5 Notices and Supports form . When you click the ‘Copy of R ecord’ icon ( ) , the system will allow you to view or download the individual files that were uploaded during the submission process. After you click the ‘Copy of Record’ icon ( ), enter the passphra se associated with the case number, and click the ‘ Next ’ button . If the passphrase was correctly entered, the application will take you to the ‘CROMERR Login’ screen to enter the CDX password. I f your login wasTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 258 successful, you will be taken to the ‘ CROMERR Security Question ’ screen. The ‘ CROMERR Security Question ’ screen randomly selects and displays one of the five CROMERR eSIG - PI N questions that you answered on the 20 - 5 - 1 Question screen during the initial login to CDX. Answer the CROMERR s ecurity question and click the ‘ OK ’ button. If your answer was successful , you will be taken to the ‘ Download Copy of Record ’ screen . Exhibit 13 - 2 shows a screen capture of the ‘Download P rompt ’ screen : **Exhibit 13**  **- 2**  **: Dow**  **nload Prompt Screen** 

If you click the ‘Copy

of Record’ icon ( ) you will download:  A PDF version of the Section 5 Notices and Supports form  An XML

version of the Section 5 Notices and Supports formTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 259 

### 14 Create a n Amendment To amend a submitted Section 5 Notices and Supports form , navigate to the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and locate a submission that you previously submitted with a status of ‘ Submitted. ’ Inaddition to display ing a status of ‘ Submitted ’ under the ‘ Status ’ column, the ‘Lock’ icon ( ) will be displayed under the ‘ Action ’ column. Click the ‘Lock’ icon ( ) under the ‘ Action ’ column to start an amendment . Exhibit 14 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms ’ screen:

**Exhibit 14**  **- 1**  **: Section 5 Notices**  **and Supports Form**  **– Am**  **endment**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 260 **Navigation:** After clicking the ‘L ock’ icon ( ), a prompt will display to confirm the amendment process. If you do not want to continue with the amendment , click the ‘ Cancel ’ button to cancel the amendment process and return to the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Click the ‘ OK ’ button to close the prompt and continue with the amendment . Exhibit 14 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘Unlock Prompt’ message: **Exhibit 14**  **- 2**  **: Unlock Prompt Message**

After you click the ‘ OK ’ button, you will be t aken to the ‘ Enter Passphrase ’ screen. You must enter the passphrase originally associated with the submission to start the amendment process. After you enter the passphrase and click the ‘ Next ’ button, you will be taken to the first screen in the specific Section 5 Notices and Supports form . Refer to **Section 3.6**  for further instructions on the ‘ Enter Passphrase ’ screen. After a submission has been unlocked , the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen will display a status of ‘ In Progress ’ unde r the ‘ Status ’ column, and the ‘Unlocked’ icon ( ) will display under the ‘ Action ’ column ; however , you will not see these changes until y ou navigate back to the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen . Refer to the following sections for additional instructions:  **Section 1**  through **Section 4.1.35**  for instructions on editing a revised PMN form  **Section** 1 through **Section 5.1.9**  for instructions on editing a revised Biotechnology form  **Section** 1 through **Section 6.1.8**  for instructions on editing a revised NOC form  **Section** 1 through **Section 7.1.2**  for instructions on editing a revised Support form  **Section** 1 through **Section 8.1.16**  for instructi ons on editing a revised Bona Fide form  **Section** 1 through **Section 9.1.2**  for instructions on editing a revised ACM formTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 261 

### 15 Resources You can access the ‘ Resources ’ screen by clicking the ‘ Resources ’ tab located at the top of the screen at any time during the submission process. You can also access the ‘ Resources ’ screen by clicking the ‘ Resources ’ link from the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘ Home ’ screen. The ‘ Resources ’ screen provides you with lin ks to the appropriate Section 5 Notices and Supports user guides as well as additional helpful links. Click the ‘ User Guide ’ link to access the Section 5 Notices and Supports user guide document .  **Regulatory Im** **pact Analysis for the Regulation of Microbial Products of Biotechnology:**  **Government Costs:** If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate displaying the ‘ Regulatory Impact Analys is for the Regulation of Microbial Products of Biotechnology : Government Costs ’ screen.  **Microbial Prod**  **ucts of Biotechnology: Final Rule (62 FR 17910):** If yo u click this link, a new internet browser window will generate displaying the ‘ Microbial Products of Biotechnology : Final Rule (62 FR 17910) ’ screen.  **Points to Consider in the Preparation of TSCA Biote chnology Submissions for**  **Microorganisms:** If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate displaying the ‘ Points to Consider in the Preparation of TSCA Biotechnology Submissions for Microorganisms ’ PDF .  **CDX Ho me** **page :**  If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate displaying the CDX Homepage .  **TSCA Chemical Substances Inventory:** If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate display ing the ‘ TSCA Chemical Substances Inventory ’ screen.  **Substan ce**  **Registry Services (SRS):** If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate displaying the ‘ Substance Registry Services (SRS) ’ screen.  **Facility Registry System (FRS):**  If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate displaying the ‘ Facility Registry S ys tem (FRS) ’ screen.  **CAS Inventory Expert Services:** If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate display

ing the ‘ CAS Inventory

Expert Services (IES) ’ screen.  **National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES):**  If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate display ing the ‘ National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) ’ screen.  **New Chemicals Program Homepage:**  If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate display

ing the ‘ New Chemicals Program ’ screen.  **Status of Section 5 Notices:**  If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate display

ing the ‘ Status of Section 5 Notices ’ screen .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 262 Exhibit 15 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Resources ’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 15**  **- 1**  **: Resources**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 263 Exhibit 15 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘Resources’ screen (Scroll 2): **Exhibit 15**  **- 2**  **: Resources**  **Screen (Scroll 2)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 264 

### Appendix A. Definitions, Acronyms , and Abbreviations The following table displays all the definitions, acrony ms, and abbreviations used in this document and their full name. **Definitions, A**

**crony ms, and A** **bbreviations Acron**  **ym Full Name**  ACM Alternative Control Measures AO Authorized Official BCF/BAF Bioconcentration Factors/Bioaccumulation Factors CBI Confidential Business Information CA Chemical Abstracts CAS Chemical Abstracts Service CASRN Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number CDX Central Data Exchange CFR Code of Federal Regulations CoR Copy of Record CROMERR Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation CSPP Chemical Safety and Pesticide Program s CSV Comma - Separated Values EPA Environmental Protection Agency EST Eastern Standard Time ETI Environmental Technology Initiative FR Federal Regulation FRS Facility Registry System GPC Gel - permeation Chromatography ID Identification IES Inventory Expert Service IH Industrial Hygienist IR Infrared LOREX Low Release/Low Exposure Exemption LOS Letter of Support LVE Low Volume Exemption MCAN Microbial Commercial Activity Notice MS Mass Spectrometry MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health NM R Nuclear Magnetic Resonance NOC Notice of Commencement NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System OPPT Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics PDF Portable Document Format PM N Premanufacture Notice POTW Publicly Owned Treatment W orksTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Authorized Official 265 PPE Personal Protective Equipment PPM Parts Per Million RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act SAR Structure -Activity Relationship SDS Safety Data Sheet SM E Subject Matter Expert SNUN Significant New Use Notice SNUR Significant New Use Rule SRS Substance Registry Services STN Scientific and Technical Information Network TERA TSCA Experimental Release Application TME Test Market Exemption TMEA Test Marketing Exemption Application TS To xic Substances TSCA To xic Substances Control Act UV Ultraviolet XML Extensible Markup Language